Resguardo inicial

This commit is contained in:
lastdragon
2026-09-06 12:53:21 -06:00
parent 662efe3c2a
commit ad2088d178
94853 changed files with 43200404 additions and 0 deletions
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
Linux kernel for ARC processors
*******************************
Other sources of information
############################
Below are some resources where more information can be found on
ARC processors and relevant open source projects.
- `<https://embarc.org>`_ - Community portal for open source on ARC.
Good place to start to find relevant FOSS projects, toolchain releases,
news items and more.
- `<https://github.com/foss-for-synopsys-dwc-arc-processors>`_ -
Home for all development activities regarding open source projects for
ARC processors. Some of the projects are forks of various upstream projects,
where "work in progress" is hosted prior to submission to upstream projects.
Other projects are developed by Synopsys and made available to community
as open source for use on ARC Processors.
- `Official Synopsys ARC Processors website
<https://www.synopsys.com/designware-ip/processor-solutions.html>`_ -
location, with access to some IP documentation (`Programmer's Reference
Manual, AKA PRM for ARC HS processors
<https://www.synopsys.com/dw/doc.php/ds/cc/programmers-reference-manual-ARC-HS.pdf>`_)
and free versions of some commercial tools (`Free nSIM
<https://www.synopsys.com/cgi-bin/dwarcnsim/req1.cgi>`_ and
`MetaWare Light Edition <https://www.synopsys.com/cgi-bin/arcmwtk_lite/reg1.cgi>`_).
Please note though, registration is required to access both the documentation and
the tools.
Important note on ARC processors configurability
################################################
ARC processors are highly configurable and several configurable options
are supported in Linux. Some options are transparent to software
(e.g., cache geometries), some can be detected at runtime and configured
and used accordingly, while some need to be explicitly selected or configured
in the kernel's configuration utility (AKA "make menuconfig").
However not all configurable options are supported when an ARC processor
is to run Linux. SoC design teams should refer to "Appendix E:
Configuration for ARC Linux" in the ARC HS Databook for configurability
guidelines.
Following these guidelines and selecting valid configuration options
up front is critical to help prevent any unwanted issues during
SoC bringup and software development in general.
Building the Linux kernel for ARC processors
############################################
The process of kernel building for ARC processors is the same as for any other
architecture and could be done in 2 ways:
- Cross-compilation: process of compiling for ARC targets on a development
host with a different processor architecture (generally x86_64/amd64).
- Native compilation: process of compiling for ARC on a ARC platform
(hardware board or a simulator like QEMU) with complete development environment
(GNU toolchain, dtc, make etc) installed on the platform.
In both cases, up-to-date GNU toolchain for ARC for the host is needed.
Synopsys offers prebuilt toolchain releases which can be used for this purpose,
available from:
- Synopsys GNU toolchain releases:
`<https://github.com/foss-for-synopsys-dwc-arc-processors/toolchain/releases>`_
- Linux kernel compilers collection:
`<https://mirrors.edge.kernel.org/pub/tools/crosstool>`_
- Bootlin's toolchain collection: `<https://toolchains.bootlin.com>`_
Once the toolchain is installed in the system, make sure its "bin" folder
is added in your ``PATH`` environment variable. Then set ``ARCH=arc`` &
``CROSS_COMPILE=arc-linux`` (or whatever matches installed ARC toolchain prefix)
and then as usual ``make defconfig && make``.
This will produce "vmlinux" file in the root of the kernel source tree
usable for loading on the target system via JTAG.
If you need to get an image usable with U-Boot bootloader,
type ``make uImage`` and ``uImage`` will be produced in ``arch/arc/boot``
folder.
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. kernel-feat:: features arc
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
===================
ARC architecture
===================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
arc
features
+212
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
=======================
ARM Linux 2.6 and upper
=======================
Please check <ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/armlinux> for
updates.
Compilation of kernel
---------------------
In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of
generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be
a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report
an error if your compiler is a recognized offender.
To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line
in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF
tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE
line as detailed below.
If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top
level make file::
ARCH = <whatever>
with::
ARCH = arm
and::
CROSS_COMPILE=
to::
CROSS_COMPILE=<your-path-to-your-compiler-without-gcc>
eg.::
CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux-
Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel
(arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a
'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'.
Bug reports etc
---------------
Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see
http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk,
or submitted through the web form at
http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/
When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
the problem, what you were doing, etc.
Include files
-------------
Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm,
which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These
directories, and their purpose is listed below:
============= ==========================================================
`arch-*` machine/platform specific header files
`hardware` driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions
`mach` descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces
`proc-*` processor dependent header files (currently only two
categories)
============= ==========================================================
Machine/Platform support
------------------------
The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To
continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split
machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is
used to select which directories and files get included (we will use
$(MACHINE) to refer to the category)
To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are
designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI,
memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future
machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach
directory.
Modules
-------
Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator),
each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take
memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages.
Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it?
However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and
as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can
make good use of modularisation.
ADFS Image files
----------------
You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS
partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have
losetup installed.
Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at
the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup.
Request to developers
---------------------
When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please
include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This
allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring
half the code to be compiled into the kernel image.
In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It
makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware.
ST506 hard drives
-----------------
The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little
slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an
A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires
someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the
HDC base to the source.
As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS
`*configure` harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great
big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ).
I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); that's about half of what
RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting
last week :-)
Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where
the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY
in that case...hmm).
1772 Floppy
-----------
This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It
hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which
could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this
are welcome.
`CONFIG_MACH_` and `CONFIG_ARCH_`
---------------------------------
A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines.
Historically, `CONFIG_ARCH_` was used for the bonafide architecture,
e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture,
e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros
to read `CONFIG_MACH_` for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has
not been made because it would complicate patching.
Previous registrations may be found online.
<http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
Kernel entry (head.S)
---------------------
The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine
independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on
entry, which must be kept unique.
Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides
for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up
duplicating large amounts of code.
We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A
class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and
acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These
classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach-<class> - which contain
the source files and include/mach/ to support the machine class.
For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC
devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off-
board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
machine specific "personality."
For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At
compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for
a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the
web site at:
<http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your
platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
---
Russell King (15/03/2004)
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
=================
Booting ARM Linux
=================
Author: Russell King
Date : 18 May 2002
The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond.
In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small
program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected
to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel,
passing information to the kernel.
Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
following:
1. Setup and initialise the RAM.
2. Initialise one serial port.
3. Detect the machine type.
4. Setup the kernel tagged list.
5. Load initramfs.
6. Call the kernel image.
1. Setup and initialise RAM
---------------------------
Existing boot loaders:
MANDATORY
New boot loaders:
MANDATORY
The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs
this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms
to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
sees fit.)
2. Initialise one serial port
-----------------------------
Existing boot loaders:
OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
New boot loaders:
OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the
target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect
which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally
used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.)
As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console='
option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and
serial format options as described in
Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst.
3. Detect the machine type
--------------------------
Existing boot loaders:
OPTIONAL
New boot loaders:
MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This
should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly
necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
4. Setup boot data
------------------
Existing boot loaders:
OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED
New boot loaders:
MANDATORY
The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for
passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the
boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2.
4a. Setup the kernel tagged list
--------------------------------
The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list.
A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE.
The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag
has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set
the size field to zero.
Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined
whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the
previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its
entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter.
The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of
the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the
minimum tagged list should look::
+-----------+
base -> | ATAG_CORE | |
+-----------+ |
| ATAG_MEM | | increasing address
+-----------+ |
| ATAG_NONE | |
+-----------+ v
The tagged list should be stored in system RAM.
The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither
the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite
it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM.
4b. Setup the device tree
-------------------------
The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram
at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The
dtb format is documented at https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/.
The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb
physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a
tagged list.
The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the
system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be
placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not
overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered
by the kernel's low-memory mapping.
A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM.
5. Load initramfs.
------------------
Existing boot loaders:
OPTIONAL
New boot loaders:
OPTIONAL
If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in
a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it
while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's
low-memory mapping.
A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will
be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as
recommended above.
6. Calling the kernel image
---------------------------
Existing boot loaders:
MANDATORY
New boot loaders:
MANDATORY
There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage
is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash,
then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash
directly.
The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The
kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended
that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate
prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly
faster.
When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter.
In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal
to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET.
In any case, the following conditions must be met:
- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save
you many hours of debug.
- CPU register settings
- r0 = 0,
- r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above.
- r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or
physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM
- CPU mode
All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel)
CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
hypervisor.
If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
entered in SVC mode.
- Caches, MMUs
The MMU must be off.
Instruction cache may be on or off.
Data cache must be off.
If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the
hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be
made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel.
On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as
Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state.
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
=========================================================
Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm
=========================================================
This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and
cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency
controls safely.
The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is
needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view
of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the
algorithm in use.
Rationale
---------
In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the
ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing
power consumption and thermal dissipation.
In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable
to have the ability to turn off entire clusters.
Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it
involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group
of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This
means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical
cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do
so.
Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because
mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which
are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or
disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as
writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other
methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe
power-down and power-up at the cluster level.
The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory
based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as
lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties.
Basic model
-----------
Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows:
- DOWN
- COMING_UP
- UP
- GOING_DOWN
::
+---------> UP ----------+
| v
COMING_UP GOING_DOWN
^ |
+--------- DOWN <--------+
DOWN:
The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or
suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended.
COMING_UP:
The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state.
It may be part way through the process of initialisation and
enabling coherency.
UP:
The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware
level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used
actively by the kernel.
GOING_DOWN:
The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN
state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and
coherency exit.
Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time.
The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below.
Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the
state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and
to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different
CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster-
level states are described in the "Cluster state" section.
To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this
discussion, the state names are given a `CPU_` prefix for the CPU states,
and a `CLUSTER_` or `INBOUND_` prefix for the cluster states.
CPU state
---------
In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is
referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded:
therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time.
This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely.
The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system:
- CPU_DOWN
- CPU_COMING_UP
- CPU_UP
- CPU_GOING_DOWN
::
cluster setup and
CPU setup complete policy decision
+-----------> CPU_UP ------------+
| v
CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN
^ |
+----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+
policy decision CPU teardown complete
or hardware event
The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of
the basic model.
Transitions between states occur as follows.
A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the
next state as a result of making local progress only, with no
requirement for any external event to happen.
CPU_DOWN:
A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for
power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically
power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a
firmware call.
Next state:
CPU_COMING_UP
Conditions:
none
Trigger events:
a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
from a policy decision on another CPU;
b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
CPU_COMING_UP:
A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the
cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready,
then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the
cluster has been set up.
Next state:
CPU_UP
Conditions:
The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP.
Trigger events:
Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP.
Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the
CLUSTER_UP state.
CPU_UP:
When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to
start participating in local coherency.
This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code.
Note that the definition of this state is slightly different
from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the
CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume
the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume
procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the
race avoidance algorithm.
The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision
is made to shut down or suspend the CPU.
Next state:
CPU_GOING_DOWN
Conditions:
none
Trigger events:
explicit policy decision
CPU_GOING_DOWN:
While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any
operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data
caches).
Next state:
CPU_DOWN
Conditions:
local CPU teardown complete
Trigger events:
(spontaneous)
Cluster state
-------------
A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources.
Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple
things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a
CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down.
In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state
as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the
view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up.
In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important
that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state
independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this
reason, the cluster state is split into two parts:
"cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state
on the outbound side:
- CLUSTER_DOWN
- CLUSTER_UP
- CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
"inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side.
- INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
- INBOUND_COMING_UP
The different pairings of these states results in six possible
states for the cluster as a whole::
CLUSTER_UP
+==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+
# |
|
CLUSTER_UP <----+ |
INBOUND_COMING_UP | v
^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
# INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
CLUSTER_DOWN | |
INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ |
|
^ |
+=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+
INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and
only involve changes to the "cluster" state.
Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only
involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no
further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the
outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state).
The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine
which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must
be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section
"Last man and first man selection" for more explanation.
CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the
cluster can actually be powered down.
The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by
the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/
INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic
model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to
COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster
teardown completely.
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic
model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the
next cycle.
Details of the allowable transitions follow.
The next state in each case is notated
<cluster state>/<inbound state> (<transitioner>)
where the <transitioner> is the side on which the transition
can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side.
CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
Next state:
CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
Conditions:
none
Trigger events:
a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
from a policy decision on another CPU;
b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including
enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any
other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required
in order to achieve this.
The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level
setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency
safely.
Next state:
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
Conditions:
cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete
Trigger events:
(spontaneous)
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
enter coherency.
This is a transient state, leading immediately to
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster
should consider treat these two states as equivalent.
Next state:
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound)
Conditions:
none
Trigger events:
(spontaneous)
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
enter coherency.
The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is
made to power the cluster down.
Next state:
CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
Conditions:
none
Trigger events:
policy decision to power down the cluster
CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU
must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the
CPU_DOWN state.
When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn
down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting
cluster-level coherency.
To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound
should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous
transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual
CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP.
Next states:
CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
Conditions:
cluster torn down and ready to power off
Trigger events:
(spontaneous)
CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
Conditions:
none
Trigger events:
a) an explicit hardware power-up operation,
resulting from a policy decision on another
CPU;
b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has
come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster
again.
If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices:
a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the
CLUSTER_UP state;
b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster
in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will
set up the cluster again from there.
Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding
unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where
the cluster is not really going to be powered down.
Next states:
CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
Conditions:
cluster-level setup and hardware
coherency complete
Trigger events:
(spontaneous)
CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
Conditions:
cluster torn down and ready to power off
Trigger events:
(spontaneous)
Last man and First man selection
--------------------------------
The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side
is commonly referred to as the "last man".
The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly
referred to as the "first man".
The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a
mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles.
Last man:
When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially
executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can
be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become
non-coherent.
First man:
Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up
events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU
attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level
initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before
proceeding.
Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring
coherency controls in the bus fabric.
The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion
mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in
detail in vlocks.txt.
Features and Limitations
------------------------
Implementation:
The current ARM-based implementation is split between
arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and
arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else):
__mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the
CPU_GOING_DOWN state.
__mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN
state.
A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the
low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could
involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current
implementation it does not.
__mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical()
handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in
the case of an aborted cluster power-down).
These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*()
functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which
is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level.
A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via
the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This
typically involves platform-specific setup code,
provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup
function registered via mcpm_sync_init.
Deep topologies:
As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not
support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e.,
clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be
extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the
additional topological levels, and modifying the transition
rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels.
Colophon
--------
Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in
collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta.
Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. kernel-feat:: features arm
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
==========================================================================
Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM
==========================================================================
Written by Tomasz Figa <t.figa@samsung.com>
Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure
world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes
a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware
operations and call them when needed.
Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops
with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops()
function::
void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops)
The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops
and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header.
There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to
set anything if platform does not require firmware operations.
To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided::
#define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \
((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS))
the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns
-ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow
fallback to legacy operation).
Example of registering firmware operations::
/* board file */
static int platformX_do_idle(void)
{
/* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */
return 0;
}
static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i)
{
/* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */
return 0;
}
static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = {
.do_idle = exynos_do_idle,
.cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot,
/* other operations not available on platformX */
};
/* init_early callback of machine descriptor */
static void __init board_init_early(void)
{
register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops);
}
Example of using a firmware operation::
/* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */
__raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup),
CPU1_BOOT_REG);
/* Call Exynos specific smc call */
if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS)
cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */
gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1);
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
======================================
Chromebook Boot Flow
======================================
Most recent Chromebooks that use device tree are using the opensource
depthcharge_ bootloader. Depthcharge_ expects the OS to be packaged as a `FIT
Image`_ which contains an OS image as well as a collection of device trees. It
is up to depthcharge_ to pick the right device tree from the `FIT Image`_ and
provide it to the OS.
The scheme that depthcharge_ uses to pick the device tree takes into account
three variables:
- Board name, specified at depthcharge_ compile time. This is $(BOARD) below.
- Board revision number, determined at runtime (perhaps by reading GPIO
strappings, perhaps via some other method). This is $(REV) below.
- SKU number, read from GPIO strappings at boot time. This is $(SKU) below.
For recent Chromebooks, depthcharge_ creates a match list that looks like this:
- google,$(BOARD)-rev$(REV)-sku$(SKU)
- google,$(BOARD)-rev$(REV)
- google,$(BOARD)-sku$(SKU)
- google,$(BOARD)
Note that some older Chromebooks use a slightly different list that may
not include SKU matching or may prioritize SKU/rev differently.
Note that for some boards there may be extra board-specific logic to inject
extra compatibles into the list, but this is uncommon.
Depthcharge_ will look through all device trees in the `FIT Image`_ trying to
find one that matches the most specific compatible. It will then look
through all device trees in the `FIT Image`_ trying to find the one that
matches the *second most* specific compatible, etc.
When searching for a device tree, depthcharge_ doesn't care where the
compatible string falls within a device tree's root compatible string array.
As an example, if we're on board "lazor", rev 4, SKU 0 and we have two device
trees:
- "google,lazor-rev5-sku0", "google,lazor-rev4-sku0", "qcom,sc7180"
- "google,lazor", "qcom,sc7180"
Then depthcharge_ will pick the first device tree even though
"google,lazor-rev4-sku0" was the second compatible listed in that device tree.
This is because it is a more specific compatible than "google,lazor".
It should be noted that depthcharge_ does not have any smarts to try to
match board or SKU revisions that are "close by". That is to say that
if depthcharge_ knows it's on "rev4" of a board but there is no "rev4"
device tree then depthcharge_ *won't* look for a "rev3" device tree.
In general when any significant changes are made to a board the board
revision number is increased even if none of those changes need to
be reflected in the device tree. Thus it's fairly common to see device
trees with multiple revisions.
It should be noted that, taking into account the above system that
depthcharge_ has, the most flexibility is achieved if the device tree
supporting the newest revision(s) of a board omits the "-rev{REV}"
compatible strings. When this is done then if you get a new board
revision and try to run old software on it then we'll at pick the
newest device tree we know about.
.. _depthcharge: https://source.chromium.org/chromiumos/chromiumos/codesearch/+/main:src/platform/depthcharge/
.. _`FIT Image`: https://doc.coreboot.org/lib/payloads/fit.html
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
================
ARM Architecture
================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
arm
booting
cluster-pm-race-avoidance
firmware
interrupts
kernel_mode_neon
kernel_user_helpers
memory
mem_alignment
tcm
setup
swp_emulation
uefi
vlocks
porting
features
SoC-specific documents
======================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
google/chromebook-boot-flow
ixp4xx
marvell
microchip
netwinder
nwfpe/index
keystone/overview
keystone/knav-qmss
omap/index
pxa/mfp
sa1100/index
stm32/stm32f746-overview
stm32/overview
stm32/stm32h743-overview
stm32/stm32h750-overview
stm32/stm32f769-overview
stm32/stm32f429-overview
stm32/stm32mp13-overview
stm32/stm32mp151-overview
stm32/stm32mp157-overview
stm32/stm32-dma-mdma-chaining
sunxi
samsung/index
sunxi/clocks
spear/overview
sti/stih407-overview
sti/stih418-overview
sti/overview
vfp/release-notes
zte/index
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
==========
Interrupts
==========
2.5.2-rmk5:
This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the
major architecture-specific subsystems.
Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the
MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately -
we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer),
and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry).
There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to
allow more flexible TLB handling for the future.
Secondly, the IRQ subsystem.
The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled.
Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[]
array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every
machine type that we currently have.
Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have::
GPIO25 IRR:2
SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111
IIR:1
-----------> USAR
IIR:0
-----------> SMC9196
The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually
exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the
SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to
finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an
IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and
SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector
data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the
SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely.
The new approach brings several new ideas...
We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example,
to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d
are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR.
We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of
the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the
SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for
GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for
the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name).
This structure has the following operations::
struct irqchip {
/*
* Acknowledge the IRQ.
* If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ
* as well.
*/
void (*ack)(unsigned int irq);
/*
* Mask the IRQ in hardware.
*/
void (*mask)(unsigned int irq);
/*
* Unmask the IRQ in hardware.
*/
void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq);
/*
* Re-run the IRQ
*/
void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq);
/*
* Set the type of the IRQ.
*/
int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type);
};
ack
- required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs
handled by do_level_IRQ.
mask
- required.
unmask
- required.
rerun
- optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all
IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger
the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler
directly.
type
- optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ,
it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to
set the IRQ type.
For each IRQ, we keep the following information:
- "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s)
- flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe,
noautounmask) as before
- status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc)
- chip
- per-IRQ handler
- irqaction structure list
The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and
"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special.
The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple.
"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you
need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing
further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The
"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware
manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the
SMC9196 and USAR above.
So, what's changed?
===================
1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array.
2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected
to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to
only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if
absolutely necessary.
set_irq_chip(irq,chip)
Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ
set_irq_handler(irq,handler)
Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple)
set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler)
Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically
enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers).
set_irq_flags(irq,flags)
Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags.
set_irq_type(irq,type)
Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the
SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge()
function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in
<linux/irq.h>
3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type.
4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead.
5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the
parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if
the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should
acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status.
6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls
(eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ
while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the
"simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes,
the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must
be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for
details).
7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is `arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h`
Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are
hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same
parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based
solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency.
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
===========================================================
Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor
===========================================================
Maintained by Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@plexity.net>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Overview
Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that
is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular
in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power
consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors
that support different network offload functions such as encryption,
routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which
supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more
integration such as an on-chip I2C controller.
For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see:
http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm
Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx
stripped of much of the network intelligence.
2. Linux Support
Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips:
- Dual serial ports
- PCI interface
- Flash access (MTD/JFFS)
- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x
- GPIO for input/output/interrupts
See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions.
- Timers (watchdog, OS)
The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and
require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software:
- USB device interface
- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc)
- Network offload functionality
If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
software from:
http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY
SOFTWARE.
There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
Intel's software:
- http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries
- http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/
Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux
- http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/
ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries
3. Known Issues/Limitations
3a. Limited inbound PCI window
The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface
can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if
you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible
range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c.
3b. Limited outbound PCI window
IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space:
1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB).
To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR
into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl]
macros. This is the preferred method due to speed but it
limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be
problematic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be
configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows
for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus.
The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires
three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some
cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot
mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature
of the PCI window.
By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If
you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option.
3c. GPIO as Interrupts
Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts
4. Supported platforms
ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform
http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building
small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100
interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL
interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected
via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally,
the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards.
Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
Gateworks Avila Network Platform
http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
the expansion bus.
Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm
This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is
also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
of just 16.
Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller
added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only
have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI
adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either
the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does
a pivot_root to NFS.
Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
http://www.fountainsys.com
The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
5. TODO LIST
- Add support for Coyote IDE
- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts
- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus
6. Thanks
The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc.
The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc:
- Lennerty Buytenhek
- Lutz Jaenicke
- Justin Mayfield
- Robert E. Ranslam
[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Last Update: 01/04/2005
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
================
Kernel mode NEON
================
TL;DR summary
-------------
* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support
code
* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with
'-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your
NEON code
* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with
preemption disabled
Introduction
------------
It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in
code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP
register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken
exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is
required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e.,
may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a
non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below.
Lazy preserve and restore
-------------------------
The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and
lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is
kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are
contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to
another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after
every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP
instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if
necessary.
Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so
it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and
enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first
subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which
should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued.
Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user
mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the
function kernel_neon_end().
Interruptions in kernel mode
----------------------------
For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no
preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This
implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if
they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the
following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel:
* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context;
* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep;
* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled.
If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to
kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of
the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be
reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime)
VFP and support code
--------------------
Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things
like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such
software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction
exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the
current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software.
Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions
executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will
fail and generate an OOPS.
Separating NEON code from ordinary code
---------------------------------------
The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and
kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions
between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON
instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the
kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP
instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken.
Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the
kernel is by adhering to the following rules:
* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with
'-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls
into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not*
built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set.
As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that
both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation
units at any optimization level.
NEON assembler
--------------
NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules
above are followed.
NEON code generated by GCC
--------------------------
The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit
parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully
supported as long as the rules above are followed.
NEON intrinsics
---------------
NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics
relies on the GCC header <arm_neon.h>, (which #includes <stdint.h>), you should
observe the following in addition to the rules above:
* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC
uses its builtin version of <stdint.h> (this is a C99 header which the kernel
does not supply);
* Do not include <arm_neon.h> directly: instead, include <asm/neon-intrinsics.h>,
which tweaks some macro definitions so that system headers can be included
safely.
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
============================
Kernel-provided User Helpers
============================
These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space
at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space
with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented
native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this
code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is
too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries.
In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on
the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other
words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without
warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are
guaranteed to be stable.
This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO
implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with
constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And
since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user
code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable
overhead to such minimalistic operations.
User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things
inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of
the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough
processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting
binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to
usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words
don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake
of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to
use new instructions for other purpose.
New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some
helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check
the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is
safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be
performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early
if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that
process is running on.
kuser_helper_version
--------------------
Location: 0xffff0ffc
Reference declaration::
extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
Definition:
This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the
running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability
of a particular helper.
Usage example::
#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
void check_kuser_version(void)
{
if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
abort();
}
}
Notes:
User space may assume that the value of this field never changes
during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this
field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or
startup phase of a program.
kuser_get_tls
-------------
Location: 0xffff0fe0
Reference prototype::
void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
Input:
lr = return address
Output:
r0 = TLS value
Clobbered registers:
none
Definition:
Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall.
Usage example::
typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
void foo()
{
void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
}
Notes:
- Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
kuser_cmpxchg
-------------
Location: 0xffff0fc0
Reference prototype::
int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
Input:
r0 = oldval
r1 = newval
r2 = ptr
lr = return address
Output:
r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
Clobbered registers:
r3, ip, flags
Definition:
Atomically store newval in `*ptr` only if `*ptr` is equal to oldval.
Return zero if `*ptr` was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
optimization in the calling code.
Usage example::
typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
{
int old, new;
do {
old = *ptr;
new = old + val;
} while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
return new;
}
Notes:
- This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
- Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
kuser_memory_barrier
--------------------
Location: 0xffff0fa0
Reference prototype::
void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
Input:
lr = return address
Output:
none
Clobbered registers:
none
Definition:
Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified
manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage.
Usage example::
typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
Notes:
- Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15).
kuser_cmpxchg64
---------------
Location: 0xffff0f60
Reference prototype::
int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
const int64_t *newval,
volatile int64_t *ptr);
Input:
r0 = pointer to oldval
r1 = pointer to newval
r2 = pointer to target value
lr = return address
Output:
r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
Clobbered registers:
r3, lr, flags
Definition:
Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by `*newval` in `*ptr` only if `*ptr`
is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by `*oldval`. Return zero if `*ptr` was
changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
optimization in the calling code.
Usage example::
typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
const int64_t *newval,
volatile int64_t *ptr);
#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
{
int64_t old, new;
do {
old = *ptr;
new = old + val;
} while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
return new;
}
Notes:
- This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
- Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser
"slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point.
- Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1).
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
======================================================================
Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver
======================================================================
Driver source code path
drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c
drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c
The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of
the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone
multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure
processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure
Packet DMA.
The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating
management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or
reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs
perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management.
Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in
descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory.
The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions,
queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor
pool management.
knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues,
allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For
details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h
DT documentation is available at
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt
Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware
============================================
The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single
queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the
driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures
accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor
1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in
CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at
git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git
k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports up to 48 accumulator
channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of
firmware.git at
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git
To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or
ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin
in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see
"firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP"
in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful.
Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the
file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if
PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open
request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware
to file system before using these queue types.
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
==========================
TI Keystone Linux Overview
==========================
Introduction
------------
Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors
and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required
for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments.
Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:-
K2HK SoC and EVM
=================
a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC
TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at
http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k
http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h
EVM:
http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx
K2E SoC and EVM
===============
a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC
K2E - 66AK2E05:
See documentation at
http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments
EVM:
https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html
K2L SoC and EVM
===============
a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC
K2L - TCI6630K2L:
See documentation at
http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments
EVM:
https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html
Configuration
-------------
All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same
image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is
specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used:
K2HK EVM:
k2hk-evm.dts
K2E EVM:
k2e-evm.dts
K2L EVM:
k2l-evm.dts
The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,keystone.yaml
Document Author
---------------
Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments
@@ -0,0 +1,527 @@
================
ARM Marvell SoCs
================
This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently
supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of
SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support
for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document
tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to
match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available.
Orion family
------------
Flavors:
- 88F5082
- 88F5181 a.k.a Orion-1
- 88F5181L a.k.a Orion-VoIP
- 88F5182 a.k.a Orion-NAS
- Datasheet: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231420/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf
- Programmer's User Guide: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231536/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf
- User Manual: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231631/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf
- Functional Errata: https://web.archive.org/web/20210704165540/https://www.digriz.org.uk/ts78xx/88F5182_Functional_Errata.pdf
- 88F5281 a.k.a Orion-2
- Datasheet: https://web.archive.org/web/20131028144728/http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf
- 88F6183 a.k.a Orion-1-90
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20080607215437/http://www.marvell.com/products/media/index.jsp
Core:
Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible
Linux kernel mach directory:
arch/arm/mach-orion5x
Linux kernel plat directory:
arch/arm/plat-orion
Kirkwood family
---------------
Flavors:
- 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111027032509/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
- 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111027032509/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
- 88F6190
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730072715/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182835/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6192
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20131113121446/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182835/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6182
- 88F6180
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616201621/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091654/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6280
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091058/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6280_SoC_PB-001.pdf
- 88F6281
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120131133709/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20120620073511/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- 88F6321
- 88F6322
- 88F6323
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616201639/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88f632x_pb.pdf
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20160513194943/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
Core:
Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible
Linux kernel mach directory:
arch/arm/mach-mvebu
Linux kernel plat directory:
none
Discovery family
----------------
Flavors:
- MV78100
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616194711/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005120451/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
- MV78200
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20140801121623/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005120458/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
- MV76100
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20140722064429/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV76100-002_WEB.pdf
- Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20140722064425/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV76100_OpenSource.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
Not supported by the Linux kernel.
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20110924171043/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/
Core:
Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible
Linux kernel mach directory:
arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0
Linux kernel plat directory:
arch/arm/plat-orion
EBU Armada family
-----------------
Armada 370 Flavors:
- 88F6710
- 88F6707
- 88F6W11
- Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20141002083258/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-370/
- Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20121115063038/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
- Hardware Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20140617183747/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20140617183701/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf
Core:
Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B
Armada XP Flavors:
- MV78230
- MV78260
- MV78460
NOTE:
not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
- Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20150101215721/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/
- Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20121021173528/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20180829171131/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf
- Hardware Specs:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20141127013651/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF
- https://web.archive.org/web/20141222000224/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF
- https://web.archive.org/web/20141222000230/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF
Core:
Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP
Armada 375 Flavors:
- 88F6720
- Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20140108032402/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-375/
- Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20131216023516/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf
Core:
ARM Cortex-A9
Armada 38x Flavors:
- 88F6810 Armada 380
- 88F6811 Armada 381
- 88F6821 Armada 382
- 88F6W21 Armada 383
- 88F6820 Armada 385
- 88F6825
- 88F6828 Armada 388
- Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20181006144616/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/
- Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20200420191927/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-functional-specifications-2015-11.pdf
- Hardware Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20180713105318/https://www.marvell.com/docs/embedded-processors/assets/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-hardware-specifications-2017-03.pdf
- Design guide: https://web.archive.org/web/20180712231737/https://www.marvell.com/docs/embedded-processors/assets/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-hardware-design-guide-2017-08.pdf
Core:
ARM Cortex-A9
Armada 39x Flavors:
- 88F6920 Armada 390
- 88F6925 Armada 395
- 88F6928 Armada 398
- Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20181020222559/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
Core:
ARM Cortex-A9
Linux kernel mach directory:
arch/arm/mach-mvebu
Linux kernel plat directory:
none
EBU Armada family ARMv8
-----------------------
Armada 3710/3720 Flavors:
- 88F3710
- 88F3720
Core:
ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8)
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20181103003602/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/
Product Brief:
https://web.archive.org/web/20210121194810/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-product-brief-2016-01.pdf
Hardware Spec:
https://web.archive.org/web/20210202162011/http://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-hardware-specifications-2019-09.pdf
Device tree files:
arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37*
Armada 7K Flavors:
- 88F6040 (AP806 Quad 600 MHz + one CP110)
- 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110)
- 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110)
Core: ARM Cortex A72
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20181020222606/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/
Product Brief:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20161010105541/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf
- https://web.archive.org/web/20160928154533/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf
Device tree files:
arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70*
Armada 8K Flavors:
- 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110)
- 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110)
Core:
ARM Cortex A72
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20181022004830/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/
Product Brief:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20210124233728/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-8020-product-brief-2017-12.pdf
- https://web.archive.org/web/20161010105532/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf
Device tree files:
arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80*
Octeon TX2 CN913x Flavors:
- CN9130 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115)
- CN9131 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115 + one external CP115 / 88F8215)
- CN9132 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115 + two external CP115 / 88F8215)
Core:
ARM Cortex A72
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20200803150818/https://www.marvell.com/products/infrastructure-processors/multi-core-processors/octeon-tx2/octeon-tx2-cn9130.html
Product Brief:
https://web.archive.org/web/20200803150818/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-infrastructure-processors-octeon-tx2-cn913x-product-brief-2020-02.pdf
Device tree files:
arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/cn913*
Avanta family
-------------
Flavors:
- 88F6500
- 88F6510
- 88F6530P
- 88F6550
- 88F6560
- 88F6601
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20181005145041/http://www.marvell.com/broadband/
Product Brief:
https://web.archive.org/web/20180829171057/http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf
No public datasheet available.
Core:
ARMv5 compatible
Linux kernel mach directory:
no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
Linux kernel plat directory:
no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
Storage family
--------------
Armada SP:
- 88RC1580
Product infos:
https://web.archive.org/web/20191129073953/http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/
Core:
Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Quad-core PJ4C
(not supported in upstream Linux kernel)
Dove family (application processor)
-----------------------------------
Flavors:
- 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510
Product Brief:
https://web.archive.org/web/20111102020643/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf
Hardware Spec:
https://web.archive.org/web/20160428160231/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf
Functional Spec:
https://web.archive.org/web/20120130172443/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
Homepage:
https://web.archive.org/web/20160822232651/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
Core:
ARMv7 compatible
Directory:
- arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms)
- arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms)
PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
--------------------------
Flavors:
- PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core
- PXA270, PXA271, PXA272
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927135510/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf
- Design guide : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111181937/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf
- Developers manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927164805/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf
- Specification : https://web.archive.org/web/20140211221535/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf
- Specification update : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111104906/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core
- PXA300, PXA310, PXA320
- PXA 300 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111121203/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf
- PXA 310 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111104515/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf
- PXA 320 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182826/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf
- Design guide : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144625/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf
- Developers manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144605/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip
- Specifications : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144559/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf
- Specification Update : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927183411/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip
- Reference Manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111103844/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
- PXA930, PXA935
- Application processor with Communication processor
- Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
- PXA955
- Application processor with Communication processor
- Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
Comments:
* This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x,
PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while
the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell.
* Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs.
Linux kernel mach directory:
arch/arm/mach-pxa
MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor)
----------------------------------------------
Flavors:
- PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168
- Homepage : https://web.archive.org/web/20110926014256/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp
- Product brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111102030100/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf
- Hardware manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20160428165359/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf
- Software manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20160428154454/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf
- Specification update : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927160338/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf
- Boot ROM manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727205559/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf
- App node package : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005090706/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
- PXA910/PXA920
- Homepage : https://web.archive.org/web/20150928121236/http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/
- Product Brief : https://archive.org/download/marvell-pxa910-pb/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB.pdf
- Application processor with Communication processor
- Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
- PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 (OLPC XO-1.75)
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111102023255/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core
- PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3, a.k.a Armada 620 (OLPC XO-4)
- Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120824055155/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf
- Application processor only
- Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core
- PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream)
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
- PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream)
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core
- PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream)
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7
- PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936
- Application processor with Communication Processor
- Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53
Comments:
* This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of
this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell.
* Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above.
Linux kernel mach directory:
arch/arm/mach-mmp
Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions)
-------------------------------------
- Flavors:
- 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support)
- Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core
- Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20131103162620/http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf
- 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini
- Design name: BG2CD
- Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
- 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus
- Design name: BG2CDP
- Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7
- 88DE3100, Armada 1500
- Design name: BG2
- Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
- 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro
- Design name: BG2Q
- Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
- 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K
- Design name: BG3
- Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC
- 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra
- Core: ARM Cortex-A53
Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions
Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin
Comments:
* This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs
with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...).
* The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017.
CPU Cores
---------
The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older
PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house,
and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out
over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently
got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores.
XScale 1
CPUID 0x69052xxx
ARMv5, iWMMXt
XScale 2
CPUID 0x69054xxx
ARMv5, iWMMXt
XScale 3
CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx
ARMv5, iWMMXt
Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk"
CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x
ARMv5TE, single issue
Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon"
CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x
ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon"
CPUID 0x5615571x
ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D"
CPUID 0x5625131x
ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order
Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk"
CPUID 0x561584xx
ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2
Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon"
CPUID 0x560f581x
ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x
CPUID 0x561f581x
ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C
CPUID 0x562f584x
ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON
Long-term plans
---------------
* Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the
mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering
Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/
would therefore disappear.
Credits
-------
- Maen Suleiman <maen@marvell.com>
- Lior Amsalem <alior@marvell.com>
- Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
- Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
- Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
- Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
================
Memory alignment
================
Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in
kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally
configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a
bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for
doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However
this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based
ones.
Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform
unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you
are better to use the macros provided by include/linux/unaligned.h. The
alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at
a high performance cost. It better be rare.
Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment
trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad
code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later
mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the
floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code
instead!
Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is
real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user
space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly.
To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into
/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits:
=== ========================================================
bit behavior when set
=== ========================================================
0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access
will cause the kernel to print a message indicating
process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the
fault code.
1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process
performing the unaligned access. This is of course
slow (think about the floating point emulator) and
not recommended for production use.
2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process
performing the unaligned access.
=== ========================================================
Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5.
(6 and 7 don't make sense).
For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without
fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals::
echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment
You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical
information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of
operation for user space code.
Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001.
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
=================================
Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux
=================================
Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
November 17, 2005 (2.6.15)
This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux
kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are
free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code.
The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory
space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the
kernel, and hardware devices.
As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve
certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore
this document may reserve more VM space over time.
=============== =============== ===============================================
Start End Use
=============== =============== ===============================================
ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use.
For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to
setup a minicache mapping.
ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs.
ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved.
Platforms must not use this address range.
ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page.
The CPU vectors are mapped here if the
CPU supports vector relocation (control
register V bit.)
fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used
in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with
DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with
ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
ffc80000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided
by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
ffc00000 ffc7ffff Guard region
ff800000 ffbfffff Permanent, fixed read-only mapping of the
firmware provided DT blob
fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
mapping within the vmalloc space.
VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space.
Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will
be dynamically placed in this region.
Machine specific static mappings are also
located here through iotable_init().
VMALLOC_START is based upon the value
of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END
is equal to 0xff800000.
PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region.
This maps the platforms RAM, and typically
maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship.
PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings
One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel
space.
MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space
Kernel modules inserted via insmod are
placed here using dynamic mappings.
TASK_SIZE MODULES_VADDR-1 KASAn shadow memory when KASan is in use.
The range from MODULES_VADDR to the top
of the memory is shadowed here with 1 bit
per byte of memory.
00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings
Per-thread mappings are placed here via
the mmap() system call.
00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap
CPUs which do not support vector remapping
place their vector page here. NULL pointer
dereferences by both the kernel and user
space are also caught via this mapping.
=============== =============== ===============================================
Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result
in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic
at run time.
Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs
must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000
to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they
must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap().
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
=============================
ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91)
=============================
Introduction
------------
This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are
currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU
product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel
development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from
the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
AT91 SoCs
---------
Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com.
Flavors:
* ARM 920 based SoC
- at91rm9200
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf
* ARM 926 based SoCs
- at91sam9260
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf
- at91sam9xe
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
- at91sam9261
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf
- at91sam9263
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
- at91sam9rl
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf
- at91sam9g20
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf
- at91sam9g45 family
- at91sam9g45
- at91sam9g46
- at91sam9m10
- at91sam9m11 (device superset)
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
- at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
- at91sam9g15
- at91sam9g25
- at91sam9g35
- at91sam9x25
- at91sam9x35
* Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
- at91sam9n12
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf
- sam9x60
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/SAM9X60-Data-Sheet-DS60001579A.pdf
* ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
- sama5d3 family
- sama5d31
- sama5d33
- sama5d34
- sama5d35
- sama5d36 (device superset)
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet_B.pdf
* ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
- sama5d4 family
- sama5d41
- sama5d42
- sama5d43
- sama5d44 (device superset)
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf
- sama5d2 family
- sama5d21
- sama5d22
- sama5d23
- sama5d24
- sama5d26
- sama5d27 (device superset)
- sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf
* ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- sama7g5 family
- sama7g51
- sama7g52
- sama7g53
- sama7g54 (device superset)
* Datasheet
Coming soon
- lan966 family
- lan9662
- lan9668
* Datasheet
Coming soon
* ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
- sams70 family
- sams70j19
- sams70j20
- sams70j21
- sams70n19
- sams70n20
- sams70n21
- sams70q19
- sams70q20
- sams70q21
- samv70 family
- samv70j19
- samv70j20
- samv70n19
- samv70n20
- samv70q19
- samv70q20
- samv71 family
- samv71j19
- samv71j20
- samv71j21
- samv71n19
- samv71n20
- samv71n21
- samv71q19
- samv71q20
- samv71q21
* Datasheet
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/SAM-E70-S70-V70-V71-Family-Data-Sheet-DS60001527D.pdf
Linux kernel information
------------------------
Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support"
Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
------------------------------------
All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
Work In Progress statement:
Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
the same source tree.
Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.rst file for a
definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
Naming conventions and best practice:
- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
================================
NetWinder specific documentation
================================
The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed
to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor,
DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it.
Port usage
==========
======= ====== ===============================
Min Max Description
======= ====== ===============================
0x0000 0x000f DMA1
0x0020 0x0021 PIC1
0x0060 0x006f Keyboard
0x0070 0x007f RTC
0x0080 0x0087 DMA1
0x0088 0x008f DMA2
0x00a0 0x00a3 PIC2
0x00c0 0x00df DMA2
0x0180 0x0187 IRDA
0x01f0 0x01f6 ide0
0x0201 Game port
0x0203 RWA010 configuration read
0x0220 ? SoundBlaster
0x0250 ? WaveArtist
0x0279 RWA010 configuration index
0x02f8 0x02ff Serial ttyS1
0x0300 0x031f Ether10
0x0338 GPIO1
0x033a GPIO2
0x0370 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers
0x0388 ? AdLib
0x03c0 0x03df VGA
0x03f6 ide0
0x03f8 0x03ff Serial ttyS0
0x0400 0x0408 DC21143
0x0480 0x0487 DMA1
0x0488 0x048f DMA2
0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write
0xe800 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA
======= ====== ===============================
Interrupt usage
===============
======= ======= ========================
IRQ type Description
======= ======= ========================
0 ISA 100Hz timer
1 ISA Keyboard
2 ISA cascade
3 ISA Serial ttyS1
4 ISA Serial ttyS0
5 ISA PS/2 mouse
6 ISA IRDA
7 ISA Printer
8 ISA RTC alarm
9 ISA
10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button)
11 ISA
12 ISA WaveArtist
13 ISA
14 ISA hda1
15 ISA
======= ======= ========================
DMA usage
=========
======= ======= ===========
DMA type Description
======= ======= ===========
0 ISA IRDA
1 ISA
2 ISA cascade
3 ISA WaveArtist
4 ISA
5 ISA
6 ISA
7 ISA WaveArtist
======= ======= ===========
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===================================
NetWinder's floating point emulator
===================================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
nwfpe
netwinder-fpe
notes
todo
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
=============
Current State
=============
The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point
emulator.
In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point
instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual.
::
<S|D|E> = <single|double|extended>, no default
{P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero},
default = round to nearest
Note: items enclosed in {} are optional.
Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT)
------------------------------------------------------------
LDF/STF - load and store floating
<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, Rn
<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn], #<expression>
These instructions are fully implemented.
LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating
Form 1 syntax:
<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn]
<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn], #<expression>
Form 2 syntax:
<LFM|SFM>{cond}<FD,EA> Fd, <count>, [Rn]{!}
These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words
for each floating point register into the memory location given in the
instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with
other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific
mention of this is made in the ARM manuals.
Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT)
----------------------------------------------------------------
Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions
FLT{cond}<S,D,E>{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point
FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer
WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register
RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register
WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register
RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register
FLT/FIX are fully implemented.
RFS/WFS are fully implemented.
RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and
presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called
from supervisor mode.
Compare instructions
CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating
CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception
CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating
CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception
These are fully implemented.
Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT)
---------------------------------------------------
Dyadic operations:
ADF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - add
SUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - subtract
RSF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse subtract
MUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - multiply
DVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - divide
RDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse divide
These are fully implemented.
FML{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast multiply
FDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast divide
FRD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast reverse divide
These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the
non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is
equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according
to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single
operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or
extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check
the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation.
RMF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - IEEE remainder
This is fully implemented.
Monadic operations:
MVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move
MNF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move negated
These are fully implemented.
ABS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - absolute value
SQT{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - square root
RND{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - round
These are fully implemented.
URD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - unnormalized round
NRM{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - normalize
These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND
instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes
a NOP.
Library calls:
POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
be implemented in future versions.
Signalling:
Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com
have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This
is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable
current_set[0] correctly.
The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains
a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the
emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module
loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the
technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends
on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module.
A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this
distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator
built into the kernel.
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
Notes
=====
There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't
been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator
supplied by Russell King.
I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but
will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point
registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite
often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a
function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning.
I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4
then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in
f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator.
This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be
converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used,
then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The
result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the
emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to
extended, then does the multiply in extended precision.
This code will cause this problem:
double x, y, z;
z = log(x)/log(y);
The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then
moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done
in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y).
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
Introduction
============
This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder
Floating Point Emulator.
The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is
written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler
where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a
working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler
emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as
possible, but there remains much room for improvement.
I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of
the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf
kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I
have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be
important.
Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to
contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*).
All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow
others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily.
The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by
John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point
that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point
Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision,
double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision.
All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for
conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision,
double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of
SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier
port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32.
The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented
so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what
remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator.
Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at
<scottb@netwinder.org>. General reports of "this program doesn't
work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for
determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when
attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't
expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating
which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific
problem are a godsend.
Legal Notices
-------------
The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com
has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying
conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's
legal notice for SoftFloat is included below.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SoftFloat Legal Notice
SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in
part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600,
1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially
provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The
original version of this code was written as part of a project to build
a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of
California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek.
THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort
has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT
TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO
PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY
AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
TODO LIST
=========
::
POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
be implemented in future versions.
There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One
method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have
a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that
seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed.
These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions.
Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for
Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing
transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few
multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds,
so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to
determine if it is feasible.
Rounding Methods
----------------
The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the
default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed.
Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits
in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change
the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction.
This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to
introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains
bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to
examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in
the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR.
This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits
in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are
supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I
would like to hear them.
NOTE:
pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically
for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it:
The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some
implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation-
specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user
mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is
reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC
instructions will trap if tried in user mode.
Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high
risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out
-- Russell.
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
=========================
OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem
=========================
This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap
(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI,
TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements
also.
The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB,
panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live
currently side by side, you can choose which one to use.
Features
--------
Working and tested features include:
- MIPI DPI (parallel) output
- MIPI DSI output in command mode
- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output
- SDI output
- TV output
- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel
- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs
- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output
- OMAP DISPC planes
- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked
- YUV2, UYVY
- Scaling
- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock
- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK
Tested boards include:
- OMAP3 SDP board
- Beagle board
- N810
omapdss driver
--------------
The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or
such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level
drivers can use.
The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a
flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to
modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay
managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA.
omapdss driver support for audio
--------------------------------
There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
the functionality.
The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
intended to be called after audio_stop.
While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
the current configuration of the display supports audio.
The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word
and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support
HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958.
The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
while holding a spinlock or a readlock.
The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
for playback are released using audio_disable.
The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of
the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
rendered.
Panel and controller drivers
----------------------------
The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not
usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register
themselves to the DSS driver.
omapfb driver
-------------
The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers.
These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very
dynamic display architecture.
The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the
ioctls in the old driver.
The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final
implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open.
V4L2 drivers
------------
V4L2 is being implemented in TI.
From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer
driver.
Architecture
--------------------
Some clarification what the different components do:
- Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the
pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color
depth.
- Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the
screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only
part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if
the overlay is smaller than the display.
- Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to
display.
- Display is the actual physical display device.
A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data
on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be
the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any
framebuffer can be connected to any overlay.
An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be
connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only
connected to virtual overlays.
An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain
restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected:
- DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display.
- Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays.
- DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV
display.
Sysfs
-----
The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs
interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know
what would be the best interfaces for these things.
The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB.
/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory:
mirror 0=off, 1=on
rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation
overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go
phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer
virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer
size Size of the framebuffer
/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory:
enabled 0=off, 1=on
input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size)
manager Destination overlay manager name
name
output_size width,height
position x,y
screen_width width
global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque
/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory:
display Destination display
name
alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on
trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on
trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source
trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24)
default_color default background color (RGB24)
/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory:
=============== =============================================================
ctrl_name Controller name
mirror 0=off, 1=on
update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual
enabled 0=off, 1=on
name
rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw)
When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out:
"pal" and "ntsc"
panel_name
tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on
output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo"
=============== =============================================================
There are also some debugfs files at <debugfs>/omapdss/ which show information
about clocks and registers.
Examples
--------
The following definitions have been made for the examples below::
ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0
ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1
ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2
mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0
mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1
lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0
dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1
tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2
fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0
fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1
fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2
Default setup on OMAP3 SDP
--------------------------
Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI
and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are:
framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are
handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS::
FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI
FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD
FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
Example: Switch from LCD to DVI
-------------------------------
::
w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
echo "0" > $lcd/enabled
echo "" > $mgr0/display
fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h
# at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board
echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display
echo "1" > $dvi/enabled
After this the configuration looks like:::
FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI
FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD
FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV
----------------------------------------
::
w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled
echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled
echo "" > $fb1/overlays
echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays
echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size
echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager
echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled
echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled
echo "1" > $tv/enabled
After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown)::
FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD
\- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV
Misc notes
----------
OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You
can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma
allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase
the global memory area for CMA.
Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB
does not support mirroring.
VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you
probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also,
many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all
framebuffer parameters.
Kernel boot arguments
---------------------
omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
- Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
"dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/fbdev/core/modedb.c.
There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that
can be used to tv out.
omapfb.vram=<fbnum>:<size>[@<physaddr>][,...]
- VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram
depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate
more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example,
"1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1.
omapfb.debug=<y|n>
- Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled
in kernel config.
omapfb.test=<y|n>
- Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change.
You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config.
omapfb.vrfb=<y|n>
- Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers.
omapfb.rotate=<angle>
- Default rotation applied to all framebuffers.
0 - 0 degree rotation
1 - 90 degree rotation
2 - 180 degree rotation
3 - 270 degree rotation
omapfb.mirror=<y|n>
- Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation.
omapdss.def_disp=<display>
- Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected.
Common examples are "lcd" or "tv".
omapdss.debug=<y|n>
- Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in
kernel config.
TODO
----
DSS locking
Error checking
- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG()
System DMA update for DSI
- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how
to skip the empty byte?)
OMAP1 support
- Not sure if needed
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=======
TI OMAP
=======
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
omap
omap_pm
dss
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
============
OMAP history
============
This file contains documentation for running mainline
kernel on omaps.
====== ======================================================
KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES
====== ======================================================
v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work
properly.
v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances
to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards.
====== ======================================================
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
=====================
The OMAP PM interface
=====================
This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver
authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or
throughput constraints to the kernel power management code.
Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM
interface into the Linux PM QoS code.
Drivers need to express PM parameters which:
- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF;
- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter
implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux
latency framework or something else;
- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as
latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP
or to particular OMAP variants;
- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g.,
DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP
systems,
- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other
architectures.
This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following
five power management functions for driver code:
1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency::
(*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency::
(*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm)::
(*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t)
4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device::
(*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r)
5. Return the number of times the device has lost context::
(*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev)
Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be
found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h.
The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary
---------------------------------------------
The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support
the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this
happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified
to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear.
Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions
-------------------------------------
As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are
exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data
structures. The function pointers are initialized by the `board-*.c`
files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions:
- set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to
omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do
not support these functions should leave these function pointers set
to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom::
if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
(*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t);
The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify
the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device
becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the
set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup
latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the
device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For
example::
/* Limit MPU wakeup latency */
if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)
(*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc);
/* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */
if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
(*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td);
/* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */
The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again
with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the
function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of
set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0).
The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(),
is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the
device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the
driver must restore its internal context before proceeding.
Other specialized interface functions
-------------------------------------
The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any
device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements.
DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs.
CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU
frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these
specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU
frequency) into the form that the underlying power management
implementation needs:
6. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void)`
7. `(*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id)`
8. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void)`
9. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void)`
10. `(*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f)`
11. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void)`
Customizing OPP for platform
============================
Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon
and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically.
However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be
tweaked, for e.g.:
* enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which
could be enabled on a platform
* Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform
* Define and add a custom opp table entry
in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows:
arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c::
#include "pm.h"
....
static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void)
{
....
/* Initialize the default table */
omapx_opp_init();
/* Do customization to the defaults */
....
}
NOTE:
omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required
based on the omap family.
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
=======
Porting
=======
Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html
Initial definitions
-------------------
The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that
__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed
virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply:
phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET
Decompressor Symbols
--------------------
ZTEXTADDR
Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about
virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at
the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call
the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have
to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or
read-write addressable medium.
ZBSSADDR
Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor.
This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise
this for you. Again, the MMU will be off.
ZRELADDR
This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written,
and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid:
__virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR
The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position
independent.
INITRD_PHYS
Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if
you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old
struct param_struct).
INITRD_VIRT
Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint
must be valid:
__virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS
PARAMS_PHYS
Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the
kernel various parameters about its execution environment.
Kernel Symbols
--------------
PHYS_OFFSET
Physical start address of the first bank of RAM.
PAGE_OFFSET
Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel
boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical
address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply.
This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE.
TASK_SIZE
The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space
always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user
process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this
address.
Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process
area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process
basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment.
Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call
this the kernel segment.
(In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and
hence PAGE_OFFSET).
TEXTADDR
Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000.
This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels,
it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous
kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here.
DATAADDR
Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined
when using the decompressor.
VMALLOC_START / VMALLOC_END
Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be
any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them.
The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above).
Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the
last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory).
VMALLOC_OFFSET
Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole
between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow
out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end
of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB.
Architecture Specific Macros
----------------------------
BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio)
`pram` specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always
be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET.
`pio` is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for
use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S.
`vio` is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region.
It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised
by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the
MAPIO function).
BOOT_PARAMS
Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS.
FIXUP(func)
Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been
initialised.
MAPIO(func)
Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug
region above).
INITIRQ(func)
Machine specific function to initialise interrupts.
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
==============================================
MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors
==============================================
Eric Miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and
later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API,
and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it.
Basic Concept
=============
Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP
mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions
out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP
also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event
detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between
the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals::
+--------+
| |--(GPIO19)--+
| GPIO | |
| |--(GPIO...) |
+--------+ |
| +---------+
+--------+ +------>| |
| PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP |
+--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD
| +---->| |
+--------+ | | +-->| |
| SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+
+--------+ | |
| |
+--------+ | |
| Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ |
+--------+ |
|
+--------+ |
| UART2 |---(TXD)--------+
+--------+
NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily
mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin
can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller.
To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function
to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points:
1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other
internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals
which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0>
can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2,
see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h)
2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller,
the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e.
- GPIO signal level control
- GPIO direction control
- GPIO level change detection
3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the
PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx
4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the
wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER
(as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP
NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO<xx> we normally
mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP<xxx> or pin xxx, we mean a physical
pad (or ball).
MFP API Usage
=============
For board code writers, here are some guidelines:
1. include ONE of the following header files in your <board>.c:
- #include "mfp-pxa25x.h"
- #include "mfp-pxa27x.h"
- #include "mfp-pxa300.h"
- #include "mfp-pxa320.h"
- #include "mfp-pxa930.h"
NOTE: only one file in your <board>.c, depending on the processors used,
because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e.
same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g.
for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two
separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c
(in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle
the other differences between the two combinations).
NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with
PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually
covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h.
2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.::
static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = {
/* Chip Select */
GPIO15_nCS_1,
/* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */
GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP,
GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */
/* MMC */
GPIO32_MMC_CLK,
GPIO112_MMC_CMD,
GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0,
GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1,
GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2,
GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3,
...
/* GPIO */
GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH,
};
a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(),
and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard,
adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here.
b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component,
some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on
PXA25x and PXA27x processors
c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system
from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of:
WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH
WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE
WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL
WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs,
to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system,
and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the
pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is
invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq())
and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting.
d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the
internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits
in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the
corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with
the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup.
MFP on PXA3xx
=============
Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has
one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR).
The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320)::
31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
| RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL |
+-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
Bit 3: RESERVED
Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin
Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin
Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin
Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes
Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes
Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals
Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin
Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin
Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function
(0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1)
Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7
Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate
0b000 - fast 1mA
0b001 - fast 2mA
0b002 - fast 3mA
0b003 - fast 4mA
0b004 - slow 6mA
0b005 - fast 6mA
0b006 - slow 10mA
0b007 - fast 10mA
MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx
============================
Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified
MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors.
The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin
configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and
the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and
make them effective there-after.
Files Involved
--------------
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h
for
1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins
2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h
for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin
configurations
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h
for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h
arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h
arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h
arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h
arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h
for processor specific definitions
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c
for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual
processor.
Pin Configuration
-----------------
The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code
for most updated info)::
/*
* a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer
*
* bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum)
* bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection
* bit 13..15 - Drive Strength
* bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State
* bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection
* bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State
*
* to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided
*
* MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with
* alternate function = 0,
* drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X)
* low power mode = default
* edge detection = none
*
* MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function
* MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and
* pin drive strength
* MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and
* low power mode
* MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function,
* pin drive strength and low power mode
*/
Examples of pin configurations are::
#define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT)
which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function
selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power
modes.
NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD
which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to
do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded,
and is supposed to work in most cases.
Register Settings
-----------------
Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very
straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value
in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time
ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings.
The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register
settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved,
including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see
mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made.
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
============================================
The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
============================================
Please see:
http://developer.intel.com
Also some notes from John G Dorsey <jd5q@andrew.cmu.edu>:
http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
Building the kernel
-------------------
To build the kernel with current defaults::
make assabet_defconfig
make oldconfig
make zImage
The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage.
Installing a bootloader
-----------------------
A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available:
BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/)
BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed
patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet.
Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support
(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html)
(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/)
Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC.
John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and
the JFFS filesystem.
RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/)
RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS
hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other
hardware platforms.
RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have
networking support, and is the most actively maintained.
Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first
you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work
precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location:
- ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/
- ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/
- ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/
Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in
redboot-assabet*.txt.
Initial RedBoot configuration
-----------------------------
The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
Please refer to it for explanations.
If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP
file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect
it dynamically.
To initialize the flash directory::
fis init -f
To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or
a static IP address, etc, use this command::
fconfig -i
Writing a kernel image into flash
---------------------------------
First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file
available on a TFTP server::
load zImage -r -b 0x100000
If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port::
load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000
To write it to flash::
fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
Booting the kernel
------------------
The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded
as follows::
load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000
Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name
by '-y ymodem'.
Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this::
fis load "Linux kernel"
or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel::
exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better
solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below.
Using JFFS2
-----------
Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most
convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in
conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash
management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at:
http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about
creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site.
For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites
mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image.
To load this file::
load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
The result should look like::
RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424
Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash::
fis free
Result::
RedBoot> fis free
0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000
The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and
the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of
substituting yours appropriately.
We must determine some values::
size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000
size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424
We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all
the remaining flash space as well. To write it::
fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000
fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered
what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command
displays them::
RedBoot> fis list
Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point
RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000
RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000
JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000
However Linux should display something like::
SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus
SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode
Using RedBoot partition definition
Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash":
0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot"
0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel"
0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2"
0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config"
0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory"
What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in,
which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2.
Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we
need this RedBoot command::
fis load "Linux kernel"
exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2"
Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example.
You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also
possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from
within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has
many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2
can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be
copied over directly. Etc...
RedBoot scripting
-----------------
All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every
time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot
process using RedBoot's scripting capability.
For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk
images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network::
RedBoot> fconfig
Run script at boot: false true
Boot script:
Enter script, terminate with empty line
>> load zImage -r -b 0x100000
>> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000
>> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
>>
Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3
Use BOOTP for network configuration: true
GDB connection port: 9000
Network debug at boot time: false
Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y
Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt.
Nicolas Pitre
nico@fluxnic.net
June 12, 2001
Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001)
-------------------------------------------------------
Assabet:
Serial ports:
Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI
- PM: Not tested.
- COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM
- PM: Not tested.
- I2C: Implemented, not fully tested.
- L3: Fully tested, pass.
- PM: Not tested.
Video:
- LCD: Fully tested. PM
(LCD doesn't like being blanked with neponset connected)
- Video out: Not fully
Audio:
UDA1341:
- Playback: Fully tested, pass.
- Record: Implemented, not tested.
- PM: Not tested.
UCB1200:
- Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- POTS control: No
- Touchscreen: Yes
- PM: Not tested.
Other:
- PCMCIA:
- LPE: Fully tested, pass.
- USB: No
- IRDA:
- SIR: Fully tested, pass.
- FIR: Fully tested, pass.
- PM: Not tested.
Neponset:
Serial ports:
- COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR
- PM: Not tested.
- USB: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- CF: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- PM: Not tested.
More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree.
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
==============
CerfBoard/Cube
==============
*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued ***
The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board
that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet
controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and
one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the
Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com.
This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the
Intrinsyc CerfBoard.
Supported in this version
=========================
- CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options
that may be required)
- Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in
Network Devices)
- Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1)
In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs
both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your
evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands
will suffice::
make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig
make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage
make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules
cp arch/arm/boot/zImage <TFTP directory>
support@intrinsyc.com
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
====================
Intel StrongARM 1100
====================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
assabet
cerf
lart
serial_uart
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
====================================
Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART)
====================================
The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded
applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all
other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible
through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages
between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of
daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard
is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of
planning.
The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license;
see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information.
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
==================
SA1100 serial port
==================
The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned::
> Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700
> From: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@transmeta.com>
> To: Nicolas Pitre <nico@CAM.ORG>
> Cc: Device List Maintainer <device@lanana.org>
> Subject: Re: device
>
> Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density
> serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the
> tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about
> doing anything special.)
>
> So your assignments are:
>
> 204 char Low-density serial ports
> 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0
> 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1
> 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2
>
> 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device)
> 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0
> 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1
> 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2
>
You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used
by your SA1100-based device::
mknod ttySA0 c 204 5
mknod ttySA1 c 204 6
mknod ttySA2 c 204 7
mknod cusa0 c 205 5
mknod cusa1 c 205 6
mknod cusa2 c 205 7
In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you
must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device
name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where
you might have a getty process started on ttyS0.
In this case:
- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc.
- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name
in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well.
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
==========================================================
Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards
==========================================================
Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski
Date : 6 June 2015
The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel
and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition
of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference
for information purpose only.
In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary
SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before
executing kernel.
1. Non-Secure mode
Address: sysram_ns_base_addr
============= ============================================ ==================
Offset Value Purpose
============= ============================================ ==================
0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend
0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR
0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR
0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
============= ============================================ ==================
2. Secure mode
Address: sysram_base_addr
============= ============================================ ==================
Offset Value Purpose
============= ============================================ ==================
0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot
4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
============= ============================================ ==================
Address: pmu_base_addr
============= ============================================ ==================
Offset Value Purpose
============= ============================================ ==================
0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend
0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend
0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot
0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
============= ============================================ ==================
3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode)
Address: pmu_base_addr
============= =============================== ===============================
Offset Value Purpose
============= =============================== ===============================
0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator
on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x
============= =============================== ===============================
4. Glossary
AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other
modules are power gated, except the TOP modules
MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
#!/usr/bin/awk -f
#
# Copyright 2010 Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
#
# Released under GPLv2
# example usage
# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst
function extract_value(s)
{
eqat = index(s, "=")
comat = index(s, ",")
return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2)
}
function remove_brackets(b)
{
return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2)
}
function splitdefine(l, p)
{
r = split(l, tp)
p[0] = tp[2]
p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3])
}
function find_length(f)
{
if (0)
printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
if (f ~ /0x1/)
return 1
else if (f ~ /0x3/)
return 2
else if (f ~ /0x7/)
return 3
else if (f ~ /0xf/)
return 4
printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
exit
}
function find_shift(s)
{
id = index(s, "<")
if (id <= 0) {
printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
exit
}
return substr(s, id+2)
}
BEGIN {
if (ARGC < 2) {
print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr"
exit
}
# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need
# to replace and create an associative array of values
while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) {
if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ &&
!(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) {
splitdefine(line, fields)
name = fields[0]
if (0)
printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1])
dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1])
if (0)
printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
} else {
}
}
delete ARGV[1]
}
/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ {
shift=""
mask=""
divshift=""
reg_div=""
reg_src=""
indent=1
print $0
for(; indent >= 1;) {
if ((getline line) <= 0) {
printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr"
exit 1;
}
if (line ~ /\.shift/) {
shift = extract_value(line)
} else if (line ~ /\.mask/) {
mask = extract_value(line)
} else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) {
reg_div = extract_value(line)
} else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) {
reg_src = extract_value(line)
} else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) {
divshift = extract_value(line)
} else if (line ~ /{/) {
indent++
print line
} else if (line ~ /}/) {
indent--
if (indent == 0) {
if (0) {
printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
}
generated = mask
sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated)
if (0) {
printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n"
printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n"
printf "/* shift " shift " */\n"
printf "/* mask " mask " */\n"
printf "/* generated " generated " */\n"
}
if (reg_div != "") {
printf "\t.reg_div = { "
printf ".reg = " reg_div ", "
printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", "
printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", "
printf "},\n"
}
printf "\t.reg_src = { "
printf ".reg = " reg_src ", "
printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", "
printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", "
printf "},\n"
}
print line
} else {
print line
}
if (0)
printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
}
}
// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 }}
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
===========================
Samsung GPIO implementation
===========================
Introduction
------------
This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core.
GPIOLIB integration
-------------------
The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing
specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such
as pin special-function or pull resistor control.
GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system.
PIN configuration
-----------------
Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC
registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration
implementation to configure pins as necessary.
The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a
driver or machine to change gpio configuration.
See arch/arm/mach-s3c/gpio-cfg.h for more information on these functions.
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===========
Samsung SoC
===========
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
gpio
bootloader-interface
overview
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
==========================
Samsung ARM Linux Overview
==========================
Introduction
------------
The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial
ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of
the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code
that supports this.
The currently supported SoCs are:
- S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410
- S5PC110 / S5PV210
Configuration
-------------
A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of
unifying all the SoCs into one kernel.
s5pc110_defconfig
- S5PC110 specific default configuration
s5pv210_defconfig
- S5PV210 specific default configuration
Layout
------
The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of
several platform directories and then the machine specific directories
of the CPUs being built for.
plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the
last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build
specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions
to get the system running.
plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the
S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory
due to differences in the hardware.
Layout changes
--------------
The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with
support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves
where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having
so many different platform directories.
Port Contributors
-----------------
Ben Dooks (BJD)
Vincent Sanders
Herbert Potzl
Arnaud Patard (RTP)
Roc Wu
Klaus Fetscher
Dimitry Andric
Shannon Holland
Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
Document Author
---------------
Copyright 2009-2010 Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
=============================================
Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux
=============================================
The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter
structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used
for most ARM Linux architectures.
This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the
kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived
through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it
should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch().
There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described
below:
page_size
This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and
will be checked by the kernel.
nr_pages
This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If
the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number
of pages in the system.
If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not
include this information.
ramdisk_size
This is now obsolete, and should not be used.
flags
Various kernel flags, including:
===== ========================
bit 0 1 = mount root read only
bit 1 unused
bit 2 0 = load ramdisk
bit 3 0 = prompt for ramdisk
===== ========================
rootdev
major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem.
video_num_cols / video_num_rows
These two together describe the character size of the dummy console,
or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other
purpose.
It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or
the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows
all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly.
video_x / video_y
This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and
is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and
should not be used for other purposes).
memc_control_reg
MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000
based machines. May be used differently by different architectures.
sounddefault
Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by
different architectures.
adfsdrives
Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different
architectures.
bytes_per_char_h / bytes_per_char_v
These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
pages_in_bank[4]
Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC).
This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory
is non-contiguous from the processors point of view.
pages_in_vram
Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also
be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained
from the hardware.
initrd_start / initrd_size
This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the
initial ramdisk.
rd_start
Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk.
system_rev
system revision number.
system_serial_low / system_serial_high
system 64-bit serial number
mem_fclk_21285
The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge),
which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port.
Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between
0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed,
then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures.
paths[8][128]
These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
commandline
Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere.
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
========================
SPEAr ARM Linux Overview
========================
Introduction
------------
SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture).
weblink : http://www.st.com/spear
The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are
supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310,
SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported.
Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows:
SPEAr (Platform)
- SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
- SPEAr300 (SOC)
- SPEAr300 Evaluation Board
- SPEAr310 (SOC)
- SPEAr310 Evaluation Board
- SPEAr320 (SOC)
- SPEAr320 Evaluation Board
- SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
- SPEAr600 (SOC)
- SPEAr600 Evaluation Board
- SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9)
- SPEAr1310 (SOC)
- SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board
- SPEAr1340 (SOC)
- SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board
Configuration
-------------
A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the
default by::
make spear13xx_defconfig
make spear3xx_defconfig
make spear6xx_defconfig
Layout
------
The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and
SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear
with headers in plat/.
Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by
series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx.
Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for
spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is
mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific
files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and
spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully
support Flattened Device Tree.
Document Author
---------------
Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
======================
STi ARM Linux Overview
======================
Introduction
------------
The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of
CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of
ARM Linux. Currently STiH407, STiH410 and STiH418 are supported.
configuration
-------------
The configuration for the STi platform is supported via the multi_v7_defconfig.
Layout
------
All the files for multiple machine families (STiH407, STiH410, and STiH418)
are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti
There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with
Device Trees.
Document Author
---------------
Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@st.com>, (c) 2013 ST Microelectronics
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
================
STiH407 Overview
================
Introduction
------------
The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes
and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
and IP-STB markets.
Features
- ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm)
- SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
Document Author
---------------
Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
================
STiH418 Overview
================
Introduction
------------
The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes
and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
and IP-STB markets.
Features
- ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm)
- SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
- HEVC L5.1 Main 10
- VP9
Document Author
---------------
Maxime Coquelin <maxime.coquelin@st.com>, (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
========================
STM32 ARM Linux Overview
========================
Introduction
------------
The STMicroelectronics STM32 family of Cortex-A microprocessors (MPUs) and
Cortex-M microcontrollers (MCUs) are supported by the 'STM32' platform of
ARM Linux.
Configuration
-------------
For MCUs, use the provided default configuration:
make stm32_defconfig
For MPUs, use multi_v7 configuration:
make multi_v7_defconfig
Layout
------
All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code
contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32
There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with
Device Trees.
:Authors:
- Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
- Ludovic Barre <ludovic.barre@st.com>
- Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=======================
STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining
=======================
Introduction
------------
This document describes the STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature. But before going
further, let's introduce the peripherals involved.
To offload data transfers from the CPU, STM32 microprocessors (MPUs) embed
direct memory access controllers (DMA).
STM32MP1 SoCs embed both STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA controllers. STM32 DMA
request routing capabilities are enhanced by a DMA request multiplexer
(STM32 DMAMUX).
**STM32 DMAMUX**
STM32 DMAMUX routes any DMA request from a given peripheral to any STM32 DMA
controller (STM32MP1 counts two STM32 DMA controllers) channels.
**STM32 DMA**
STM32 DMA is mainly used to implement central data buffer storage (usually in
the system SRAM) for different peripheral. It can access external RAMs but
without the ability to generate convenient burst transfer ensuring the best
load of the AXI.
**STM32 MDMA**
STM32 MDMA (Master DMA) is mainly used to manage direct data transfers between
RAM data buffers without CPU intervention. It can also be used in a
hierarchical structure that uses STM32 DMA as first level data buffer
interfaces for AHB peripherals, while the STM32 MDMA acts as a second level
DMA with better performance. As a AXI/AHB master, STM32 MDMA can take control
of the AXI/AHB bus.
Principles
----------
STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature relies on the strengths of STM32 DMA and
STM32 MDMA controllers.
STM32 DMA has a circular Double Buffer Mode (DBM). At each end of transaction
(when DMA data counter - DMA_SxNDTR - reaches 0), the memory pointers
(configured with DMA_SxSM0AR and DMA_SxM1AR) are swapped and the DMA data
counter is automatically reloaded. This allows the SW or the STM32 MDMA to
process one memory area while the second memory area is being filled/used by
the STM32 DMA transfer.
With STM32 MDMA linked-list mode, a single request initiates the data array
(collection of nodes) to be transferred until the linked-list pointer for the
channel is null. The channel transfer complete of the last node is the end of
transfer, unless first and last nodes are linked to each other, in such a
case, the linked-list loops on to create a circular MDMA transfer.
STM32 MDMA has direct connections with STM32 DMA. This enables autonomous
communication and synchronization between peripherals, thus saving CPU
resources and bus congestion. Transfer Complete signal of STM32 DMA channel
can triggers STM32 MDMA transfer. STM32 MDMA can clear the request generated
by the STM32 DMA by writing to its Interrupt Clear register (whose address is
stored in MDMA_CxMAR, and bit mask in MDMA_CxMDR).
.. table:: STM32 MDMA interconnect table with STM32 DMA
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| STM32 DMAMUX | STM32 DMA | STM32 DMA | STM32 MDMA |
| channels | channels | Transfer | request |
| | | complete | |
| | | signal | |
+==============+================+===========+============+
| Channel *0* | DMA1 channel 0 | dma1_tcf0 | *0x00* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *1* | DMA1 channel 1 | dma1_tcf1 | *0x01* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *2* | DMA1 channel 2 | dma1_tcf2 | *0x02* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *3* | DMA1 channel 3 | dma1_tcf3 | *0x03* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *4* | DMA1 channel 4 | dma1_tcf4 | *0x04* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *5* | DMA1 channel 5 | dma1_tcf5 | *0x05* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *6* | DMA1 channel 6 | dma1_tcf6 | *0x06* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *7* | DMA1 channel 7 | dma1_tcf7 | *0x07* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *8* | DMA2 channel 0 | dma2_tcf0 | *0x08* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *9* | DMA2 channel 1 | dma2_tcf1 | *0x09* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *10* | DMA2 channel 2 | dma2_tcf2 | *0x0A* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *11* | DMA2 channel 3 | dma2_tcf3 | *0x0B* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *12* | DMA2 channel 4 | dma2_tcf4 | *0x0C* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *13* | DMA2 channel 5 | dma2_tcf5 | *0x0D* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *14* | DMA2 channel 6 | dma2_tcf6 | *0x0E* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
| Channel *15* | DMA2 channel 7 | dma2_tcf7 | *0x0F* |
+--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature then uses a SRAM buffer. STM32MP1 SoCs embed
three fast access static internal RAMs of various size, used for data storage.
Due to STM32 DMA legacy (within microcontrollers), STM32 DMA performances are
bad with DDR, while they are optimal with SRAM. Hence the SRAM buffer used
between STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA. This buffer is split in two equal periods
and STM32 DMA uses one period while STM32 MDMA uses the other period
simultaneously.
::
dma[1:2]-tcf[0:7]
.----------------.
____________ ' _________ V____________
| STM32 DMA | / __|>_ \ | STM32 MDMA |
|------------| | / \ | |------------|
| DMA_SxM0AR |<=>| | SRAM | |<=>| []-[]...[] |
| DMA_SxM1AR | | \_____/ | | |
|____________| \___<|____/ |____________|
STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining uses (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config to
exchange the parameters needed to configure MDMA. These parameters are
gathered into a u32 array with three values:
* the STM32 MDMA request (which is actually the DMAMUX channel ID),
* the address of the STM32 DMA register to clear the Transfer Complete
interrupt flag,
* the mask of the Transfer Complete interrupt flag of the STM32 DMA channel.
Device Tree updates for STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining support
-------------------------------------------------------
**1. Allocate a SRAM buffer**
SRAM device tree node is defined in SoC device tree. You can refer to it in
your board device tree to define your SRAM pool.
::
&sram {
my_foo_device_dma_pool: dma-sram@0 {
reg = <0x0 0x1000>;
};
};
Be careful of the start index, in case there are other SRAM consumers.
Define your pool size strategically: to optimise chaining, the idea is that
STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA can work simultaneously, on each buffer of the
SRAM.
If the SRAM period is greater than the expected DMA transfer, then STM32 DMA
and STM32 MDMA will work sequentially instead of simultaneously. It is not a
functional issue but it is not optimal.
Don't forget to refer to your SRAM pool in your device node. You need to
define a new property.
::
&my_foo_device {
...
my_dma_pool = &my_foo_device_dma_pool;
};
Then get this SRAM pool in your foo driver and allocate your SRAM buffer.
**2. Allocate a STM32 DMA channel and a STM32 MDMA channel**
You need to define an extra channel in your device tree node, in addition to
the one you should already have for "classic" DMA operation.
This new channel must be taken from STM32 MDMA channels, so, the phandle of
the DMA controller to use is the MDMA controller's one.
::
&my_foo_device {
[...]
my_dma_pool = &my_foo_device_dma_pool;
dmas = <&dmamux1 ...>, // STM32 DMA channel
<&mdma1 0 0x3 0x1200000a 0 0>; // + STM32 MDMA channel
};
Concerning STM32 MDMA bindings:
1. The request line number : whatever the value here, it will be overwritten
by MDMA driver with the STM32 DMAMUX channel ID passed through
(struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
2. The priority level : choose Very High (0x3) so that your channel will
take priority other the other during request arbitration
3. A 32bit mask specifying the DMA channel configuration : source and
destination address increment, block transfer with 128 bytes per single
transfer
4. The 32bit value specifying the register to be used to acknowledge the
request: it will be overwritten by MDMA driver, with the DMA channel
interrupt flag clear register address passed through
(struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
5. The 32bit mask specifying the value to be written to acknowledge the
request: it will be overwritten by MDMA driver, with the DMA channel
Transfer Complete flag passed through
(struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
Driver updates for STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining support in foo driver
----------------------------------------------------------------
**0. (optional) Refactor the original sg_table if dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()**
In case of dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(), the original sg_table can't be used as
is. Two new sg_tables must be created from the original one. One for
STM32 DMA transfer (where memory address targets now the SRAM buffer instead
of DDR buffer) and one for STM32 MDMA transfer (where memory address targets
the DDR buffer).
The new sg_list items must fit SRAM period length. Here is an example for
DMA_DEV_TO_MEM:
::
/*
* Assuming sgl and nents, respectively the initial scatterlist and its
* length.
* Assuming sram_dma_buf and sram_period, respectively the memory
* allocated from the pool for DMA usage, and the length of the period,
* which is half of the sram_buf size.
*/
struct sg_table new_dma_sgt, new_mdma_sgt;
struct scatterlist *s, *_sgl;
dma_addr_t ddr_dma_buf;
u32 new_nents = 0, len;
int i;
/* Count the number of entries needed */
for_each_sg(sgl, s, nents, i)
if (sg_dma_len(s) > sram_period)
new_nents += DIV_ROUND_UP(sg_dma_len(s), sram_period);
else
new_nents++;
/* Create sg table for STM32 DMA channel */
ret = sg_alloc_table(&new_dma_sgt, new_nents, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (ret)
dev_err(dev, "DMA sg table alloc failed\n");
for_each_sg(new_dma_sgt.sgl, s, new_dma_sgt.nents, i) {
_sgl = sgl;
sg_dma_len(s) = min(sg_dma_len(_sgl), sram_period);
/* Targets the beginning = first half of the sram_buf */
s->dma_address = sram_buf;
/*
* Targets the second half of the sram_buf
* for odd indexes of the item of the sg_list
*/
if (i & 1)
s->dma_address += sram_period;
}
/* Create sg table for STM32 MDMA channel */
ret = sg_alloc_table(&new_mdma_sgt, new_nents, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (ret)
dev_err(dev, "MDMA sg_table alloc failed\n");
_sgl = sgl;
len = sg_dma_len(sgl);
ddr_dma_buf = sg_dma_address(sgl);
for_each_sg(mdma_sgt.sgl, s, mdma_sgt.nents, i) {
size_t bytes = min_t(size_t, len, sram_period);
sg_dma_len(s) = bytes;
sg_dma_address(s) = ddr_dma_buf;
len -= bytes;
if (!len && sg_next(_sgl)) {
_sgl = sg_next(_sgl);
len = sg_dma_len(_sgl);
ddr_dma_buf = sg_dma_address(_sgl);
} else {
ddr_dma_buf += bytes;
}
}
Don't forget to release these new sg_tables after getting the descriptors
with dmaengine_prep_slave_sg().
**1. Set controller specific parameters**
First, use dmaengine_slave_config() with a struct dma_slave_config to
configure STM32 DMA channel. You just have to take care of DMA addresses,
the memory address (depending on the transfer direction) must point on your
SRAM buffer, and set (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size != 0.
STM32 DMA driver will check (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size to
determine if chaining is being used or not. If it is used, then STM32 DMA
driver fills (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config with an array of
three u32 : the first one containing STM32 DMAMUX channel ID, the second one
the channel interrupt flag clear register address, and the third one the
channel Transfer Complete flag mask.
Then, use dmaengine_slave_config with another struct dma_slave_config to
configure STM32 MDMA channel. Take care of DMA addresses, the device address
(depending on the transfer direction) must point on your SRAM buffer, and
the memory address must point to the buffer originally used for "classic"
DMA operation. Use the previous (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size
and .peripheral_config that have been updated by STM32 DMA driver, to set
(struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size and .peripheral_config of the
struct dma_slave_config to configure STM32 MDMA channel.
::
struct dma_slave_config dma_conf;
struct dma_slave_config mdma_conf;
memset(&dma_conf, 0, sizeof(dma_conf));
[...]
config.direction = DMA_DEV_TO_MEM;
config.dst_addr = sram_dma_buf; // SRAM buffer
config.peripheral_size = 1; // peripheral_size != 0 => chaining
dmaengine_slave_config(dma_chan, &dma_config);
memset(&mdma_conf, 0, sizeof(mdma_conf));
config.direction = DMA_DEV_TO_MEM;
mdma_conf.src_addr = sram_dma_buf; // SRAM buffer
mdma_conf.dst_addr = rx_dma_buf; // original memory buffer
mdma_conf.peripheral_size = dma_conf.peripheral_size; // <- dma_conf
mdma_conf.peripheral_config = dma_config.peripheral_config; // <- dma_conf
dmaengine_slave_config(mdma_chan, &mdma_conf);
**2. Get a descriptor for STM32 DMA channel transaction**
In the same way you get your descriptor for your "classic" DMA operation,
you just have to replace the original sg_list (in case of
dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()) with the new sg_list using SRAM buffer, or to
replace the original buffer address, length and period (in case of
dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic()) with the new SRAM buffer.
**3. Get a descriptor for STM32 MDMA channel transaction**
If you previously get descriptor (for STM32 DMA) with
* dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(), then use dmaengine_prep_slave_sg() for
STM32 MDMA;
* dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic(), then use dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic() for
STM32 MDMA.
Use the new sg_list using SRAM buffer (in case of dmaengine_prep_slave_sg())
or, depending on the transfer direction, either the original DDR buffer (in
case of DMA_DEV_TO_MEM) or the SRAM buffer (in case of DMA_MEM_TO_DEV), the
source address being previously set with dmaengine_slave_config().
**4. Submit both transactions**
Before submitting your transactions, you may need to define on which
descriptor you want a callback to be called at the end of the transfer
(dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()) or the period (dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic()).
Depending on the direction, set the callback on the descriptor that finishes
the overall transfer:
* DMA_DEV_TO_MEM: set the callback on the "MDMA" descriptor
* DMA_MEM_TO_DEV: set the callback on the "DMA" descriptor
Then, submit the descriptors whatever the order, with dmaengine_tx_submit().
**5. Issue pending requests (and wait for callback notification)**
As STM32 MDMA channel transfer is triggered by STM32 DMA, you must issue
STM32 MDMA channel before STM32 DMA channel.
If any, your callback will be called to warn you about the end of the overall
transfer or the period completion.
Don't forget to terminate both channels. STM32 DMA channel is configured in
cyclic Double-Buffer mode so it won't be disabled by HW, you need to terminate
it. STM32 MDMA channel will be stopped by HW in case of sg transfer, but not
in case of cyclic transfer. You can terminate it whatever the kind of transfer.
**STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining DMA_MEM_TO_DEV special case**
STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining in DMA_MEM_TO_DEV is a special case. Indeed, the
STM32 MDMA feeds the SRAM buffer with the DDR data, and the STM32 DMA reads
data from SRAM buffer. So some data (the first period) have to be copied in
SRAM buffer when the STM32 DMA starts to read.
A trick could be pausing the STM32 DMA channel (that will raise a Transfer
Complete signal, triggering the STM32 MDMA channel), but the first data read
by the STM32 DMA could be "wrong". The proper way is to prepare the first SRAM
period with dmaengine_prep_dma_memcpy(). Then this first period should be
"removed" from the sg or the cyclic transfer.
Due to this complexity, rather use the STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining for
DMA_DEV_TO_MEM and keep the "classic" DMA usage for DMA_MEM_TO_DEV, unless
you're not afraid.
Resources
---------
Application note, datasheet and reference manual are available on ST website
(STM32MP1_).
Dedicated focus on three application notes (AN5224_, AN4031_ & AN5001_)
dealing with STM32 DMAMUX, STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA.
.. _STM32MP1: https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32mp1-series.html
.. _AN5224: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/an5224-stm32-dmamux-the-dma-request-router-stmicroelectronics.pdf
.. _AN4031: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/dm00046011-using-the-stm32f2-stm32f4-and-stm32f7-series-dma-controller-stmicroelectronics.pdf
.. _AN5001: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/an5001-stm32cube-expansion-package-for-stm32h7-series-mdma-stmicroelectronics.pdf
:Authors:
- Amelie Delaunay <amelie.delaunay@foss.st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
==================
STM32F429 Overview
==================
Introduction
------------
The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU
- 2MB internal Flash Memory
- External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND)
- I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers
- LCD controller & Camera interface
- Cryptographic processor
Resources
---------
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F429_).
.. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013
:Authors: Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
==================
STM32F746 Overview
==================
Introduction
------------
The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
- 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
- Dual mode QSPI
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
- Ethernet controller
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
- I2C, SPI, CAN buses support
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
- Serial Audio interface
- LCD controller
- HDMI-CEC
- SPDIFRX
Resources
---------
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F746_).
.. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html
:Authors: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
==================
STM32F769 Overview
==================
Introduction
------------
The STM32F769 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
- 2MB internal flash, 512KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
- Dual mode QSPI
- SD/MMC/SDIO support*2
- Ethernet controller
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
- I2C*4, SPI*6, CAN*3 buses support
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
- Serial Audio interface*2
- LCD controller
- HDMI-CEC
- DSI
- SPDIFRX
- MDIO salave interface
Resources
---------
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F769_).
.. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html
:Authors: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
==================
STM32H743 Overview
==================
Introduction
------------
The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz
- 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
- Dual mode QSPI
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
- Ethernet controller
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
- I2C, SPI, CAN buses support
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
- Serial Audio interface
- LCD controller
- HDMI-CEC
- SPDIFRX
- DFSDM
Resources
---------
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H743_).
.. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033
:Authors: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
==================
STM32H750 Overview
==================
Introduction
------------
The STM32H750 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @480MHz
- 128K internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
- Dual mode QSPI
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
- Ethernet controller
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
- I2C, SPI, CAN buses support
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
- Serial Audio interface
- LCD controller
- HDMI-CEC
- SPDIFRX
- DFSDM
Resources
---------
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H750_).
.. _STM32H750: https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32h750-value-line.html
:Authors: Dillon Min <dillon.minfei@gmail.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
===================
STM32MP13 Overview
===================
Introduction
------------
The STM32MP131/STM32MP133/STM32MP135 are Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
They feature:
- One Cortex-A7 application core
- Standard memories interface support
- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
- Comprehensive security support
More details:
- Cortex-A7 core running up to @900MHz
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
- QSPI
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
- 2*Ethernet controller
- CAN
- ADC/DAC
- USB EHCI/OHCI controllers
- USB OTG
- I2C, SPI, CAN buses support
- Several general purpose timers
- Serial Audio interface
- LCD controller
- DCMIPP
- SPDIFRX
- DFSDM
:Authors:
- Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@foss.st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
===================
STM32MP151 Overview
===================
Introduction
------------
The STM32MP151 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- Single Cortex-A7 application core
- Standard memories interface support
- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
- Comprehensive security support
More details:
- Cortex-A7 core running up to @800MHz
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
- QSPI
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
- Ethernet controller
- ADC/DAC
- USB EHCI/OHCI controllers
- USB OTG
- I2C, SPI buses support
- Several general purpose timers
- Serial Audio interface
- LCD-TFT controller
- DCMIPP
- SPDIFRX
- DFSDM
:Authors:
- Roan van Dijk <roan@protonic.nl>
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
===================
STM32MP157 Overview
===================
Introduction
------------
The STM32MP157 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
It features:
- Dual core Cortex-A7 application core
- 2D/3D image composition with GPU
- Standard memories interface support
- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
- Comprehensive security support
:Authors:
- Ludovic Barre <ludovic.barre@st.com>
- Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com>
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
==================
ARM Allwinner SoCs
==================
This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently
supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also
provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs.
SunXi family
------------
Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi
Flavors:
* ARM926 based SoCs
- Allwinner F20 (sun3i)
* Not Supported
* ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs
- Allwinner A10 (sun4i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf
- Allwinner A10s (sun5i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf
- Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf
- Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i)
* Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- Allwinner V3s (sun8i)
* Datasheet
http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
* Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- Allwinner A20 (sun7i)
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf
- Allwinner A23 (sun8i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
* Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- Allwinner A31 (sun6i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf
- Allwinner A31s (sun6i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf
- Allwinner A33 (sun8i)
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf
- Allwinner H2+ (sun8i)
* No document available now, but is known to be working properly with
H3 drivers and memory map.
- Allwinner H3 (sun8i)
* Datasheet
https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/4b/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.2.pdf
- Allwinner R40 (sun8i)
* Datasheet
https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
* User Manual
https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf
* Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- Allwinner A80
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf
* Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- Allwinner A83T
* Datasheet
https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf
* User Manual
https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf
* Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs
- Allwinner A64
* Datasheet
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
* User Manual
http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf
- Allwinner H6
* Datasheet
https://linux-sunxi.org/images/5/5c/Allwinner_H6_V200_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
* User Manual
https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/46/Allwinner_H6_V200_User_Manual_V1.1.pdf
- Allwinner H616
* Datasheet
https://linux-sunxi.org/images/b/b9/H616_Datasheet_V1.0_cleaned.pdf
* User Manual
https://linux-sunxi.org/images/2/24/H616_User_Manual_V1.0_cleaned.pdf
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
=======================================================
Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system
=======================================================
This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask
about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate.
Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gateable? Wouldn't that break the
system?
A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated
carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right
steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this
simplified suspend example:
While the system is operational, you would see something like::
24MHz 32kHz
|
PLL1
\
\_ CPU Mux
|
[CPU]
When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz
oscillator::
24Mhz 32kHz
| |
PLL1 |
/
CPU Mux _/
|
[CPU]
Finally you can gate the main oscillator::
32kHz
|
|
/
CPU Mux _/
|
[CPU]
Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks?
A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers,
you can find it at
http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM
The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver
released by Allwinner, you can find it at
https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommends
moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX.
ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these
instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed.
Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB
sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is
signalled to the triggering process.
/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of
the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example::
Emulated SWP: 12
Emulated SWPB: 0
Aborted SWP{B}: 1
Last process: 314
NOTE:
when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external
transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update
atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can
cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as
the STREX operation will always fail.
+161
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
==================================================
ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux
==================================================
Written by Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Some ARM SoCs have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory).
This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM
processor.
Due to being embedded inside the CPU, the TCM has a
Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM)
and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any
instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data.
The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical
minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM.
ARM CPUs have special registers to read out status, physical
location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
in the machine.
There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify
TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you
actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the
place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the
CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with
the TCM.
The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
the MMU, but notice that the TCM is often used in situations where
the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
world (TrustZone).
TCM is used for a few things:
- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic
timing and cannot wait for cache misses.
- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh
retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by
the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an
interrupt.
- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring
the external RAM controller.
There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture
in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM.
- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM.
- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM.
- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special
allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add()
and provide tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
device state when shutting off device power domains.
A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
#include <asm/tcm.h>
Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
will make the call relative.
Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this::
int __tcmdata foo;
Constants can be tagged like this::
int __tcmconst foo;
To put assembler into TCM just use::
.section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data"
respectively.
Example code::
#include <asm/tcm.h>
/* Uninitialized data */
static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar;
/* Initialized data */
static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU;
/* Constant */
static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU;
static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
tcmvar ++;
}
static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void)
{
/* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
tcmvar ++;
}
tcm_to_tcm();
}
static void __init test_tcm(void)
{
u32 *tcmem;
int i;
hello_tcm();
printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n");
printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU;
printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned);
printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst);
/* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */
tcmem = tcm_alloc(20);
if (tcmem) {
printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem);
tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU;
tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU;
tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU;
for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]);
tcm_free(tcmem, 20);
}
}
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
================================================
The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI)
================================================
UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification
governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is
maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/.
UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and
UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated
source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers
to legacy code or specifications.
UEFI support in Linux
=====================
Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification
makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features:
- UEFI Runtime Services
- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised
interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...)
For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable:
- CONFIG_EFI=y
- CONFIG_EFIVAR_FS=y or m
The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment
in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF.
UEFI stub
=========
The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI
PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to
load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the
lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd.
The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for
booting in non-UEFI environments.
UEFI kernel support on ARM
==========================
UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available
when boot is performed through the stub.
When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT.
Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map.
The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
following parameters:
========================== ====== ===========================================
Name Type Description
========================== ====== ===========================================
linux,uefi-system-table 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
linux,uefi-mmap-start 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI memory map,
populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call.
linux,uefi-mmap-size 32-bit Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map
pointed to in previous entry.
linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size 32-bit Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI
memory map.
linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver 32-bit Version of the mmap descriptor format.
kaslr-seed 64-bit Entropy used to randomize the kernel image
base address location.
bootargs String Kernel command line
========================== ====== ===========================================
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
===============================================
Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code
===============================================
Date: 20 May 2004
Author: Russell King
This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It
provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found
on ARM926EJ-S.
This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by
John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this
library and test suite can be found at:
http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html
The operations which have been tested with this package are:
- fdiv
- fsub
- fadd
- fmul
- fcmp
- fcmpe
- fcvtd
- fcvts
- fsito
- ftosi
- fsqrt
All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions:
- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results
when input operands differ in signs.
- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a
result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number
after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception.
Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests
are:
- fcpy
- fabs
- fneg
- ftoui
- ftosiz
- ftouiz
The combination operations have not been tested:
- fmac
- fnmac
- fmsc
- fnmsc
- fnmul
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
======================================
vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion
======================================
Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion
mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory
system.
These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs
which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware
provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks
cannot be used.
vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for
writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for
itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The
final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been
cast identifies the winner.
In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result
in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if
no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have
started yet.
Algorithm
---------
The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code::
int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, };
int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */
bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu)
{
/* signal our desire to vote */
currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1;
if (last_vote != -1) {
/* someone already volunteered himself */
currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
return false; /* not ourself */
}
/* let's suggest ourself */
last_vote = this_cpu;
currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
/* then wait until everyone else is done voting */
for_each_cpu(i) {
while (currently_voting[i] != 0)
/* wait */;
}
/* result */
if (last_vote == this_cpu)
return true; /* we won */
return false;
}
bool vlock_unlock(void)
{
last_vote = -1;
}
The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine
whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the
"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1].
However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system
atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static
priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could
overflow.
As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it
will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared
its currently_voting flag.
Features and limitations
------------------------
* vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the
_last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely
to win.
vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary
to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually
wins.
* Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large
number of CPUs.
vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling
if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs::
/* first level: local election */
my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf];
I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf);
if (I_won) {
/* we won the town election, let's go for the state */
my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf];
I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf);
if (I_won) {
/* and so on */
I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf);
if (I_won) {
/* ... */
}
vlock_unlock(the_whole_country);
}
vlock_unlock(my_state);
}
vlock_unlock(my_town);
ARM implementation
------------------
The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond
the basic algorithm:
* By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together,
we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number
of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This
reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory.
In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load
and comparison::
LDR Rt, [Rn]
CMP Rt, #0
...in place of code equivalent to::
LDRB Rt, [Rn]
CMP Rt, #0
LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1]
CMPEQ Rt, #0
LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2]
CMPEQ Rt, #0
LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3]
CMPEQ Rt, #0
This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially
reducing bus contention in contended cases.
The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system
guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of
different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that
we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which
bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this
optimisation.
If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in
one transaction then multiple transactions are still required. The
implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this
case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be
required if bytes were loaded individually.
In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but
to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial
implementation.
* vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are
unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the
implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required
when executing the algorithm in cached memory.
packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached
memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due
to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other
CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be
probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway).
* The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not
-1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks
to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting
them in .bss.
An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this
variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID.
Colophon
--------
Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for
use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully
received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for
grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing
up the pseudocode.
Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
References
----------
[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming
Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm
[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org.
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
=======
ZTE SoC
=======
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
zx297520v3
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
====================================
Booting Linux on ZTE zx297520v3 SoCs
====================================
Author: Stefan Dösinger
Date : 27 Jan 2026
1. Hardware description
---------------------------
Zx297520v3 SoCs use a 64-bit capable Cortex-A53 CPU and GICv3, although they
run in arm32 mode only. The CPU has support EL3, but no hypervisor (EL2) and
it seems to lack VFP and NEON.
The SoC is used in a number of cheap LTE to WiFi routers, both battery powered
MiFis and stationary CPEs. In addition to the CPU these devices usually have
64 MB Ram (although some is shared with the LTE chip), 128 MB NAND flash, an
SDIO connected RTL8192-type Wifi chip limited to 2.4 ghz operation, USB 2,
and buttons. Devices with as low as 32 MB or as high as 128 MB ram exist, as
do devices with 8 or 16 MB of NOR flash.
Some devices, especially the stationary ones, have 100 mbit Ethernet and an
Ethernet switch.
Usually the devices have LEDs for status indication, although some have SPI or
I2C connected displays.
Some have an SD card slot. If it exists, it is a better choice for the root
file system because it easily outperforms the built-in NAND.
The LTE interface runs on a separate DSP called ZSP880. It is probably derived
from LSI ZSPs and has an undocumented instruction set. The ZSP communicates
with the main CPU via SRAM and DRAM and a mailbox hardware that can generate
IRQs on either ends.
There is also a Cortex M0 CPU, which is responsible for early HW initialization
and starting the Cortex A53 CPU. It does not have any essential purpose once
U-Boot is started. An SRAM-based handover protocol exists to run custom code on
this CPU.
2. Booting via USB
---------------------------
The Boot ROM has support for booting custom code via USB. This mode can be
entered by connecting a Boot PIN to GND or by modifying the third byte on NAND
(set it to anything other than 0x5A aka 'Z'). A free software tool to start
custom U-Boot and kernels can be found here:
https://github.com/zx297520v3-mainline/zx297520v3-loader
If USB download mode is entered but no boot commands are sent through USB, the
device will proceed to boot normally after a few seconds. It is therefore
possible to enable USB boot permanently and still leave the default boot files
in place.
https://github.com/zx297520v3-mainline/u-boot-mainline
Contains an U-Boot version that can be used with the USB loader and sets up the
CPU and interrupt controller to comply with Linux's booting requirements.
3. Building for built-in U-Boot
-------------------------------
The devices come with an ancient U-Boot that loads legacy uImages from NAND and
boots them without a chance for the user to interrupt. The images are stored in
files ap_cpuap.bin and ap_recovery.bin on a jffs2 partition named imagefs,
usually mtd4. A file named "fotaflag" switches between the two modes.
In addition to the uImage header, those files have a 384-byte signature header,
which is used for authenticating the images on some devices. Most devices have
this authentication disabled and it is enough to pad the uImage files with 384
zero bytes.
Builtin U-Boot also poorly sets up the CPU. Read the next section for details
on this. It has no support for loading DTBs, so CONFIG_ARM_APPENDED_DTB is
needed.
So to build an image that boots from NAND the following steps are necessary:
1) Patch the assembly code from section 3 into arch/arm/kernel/head.S.
2) make zx29_defconfig
3) make [-j x]
4) cat arch/arm/boot/zImage arch/arm/boot/dts/zte/[device].dtb > kernel+dtb
5) mkimage -A arm -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0x20008000 -d kernel+dtb uimg
6) dd if=/dev/zero bs=1 count=384 of=ap_recovery.bin
7) cat uimg >> ap_recovery.bin
8) Place this file onto imagefs on the device. Delete ap_cpuap.bin if the
free space is not enough.
9) Create the file fotaflag: echo -n FOTA-RECOVERY > fotaflag
For development, booting ap_recovery.bin is recommended because the normal boot
mode arms the watchdog before starting the kernel.
4. CPU and GIC Setup
---------------------------
Generally CPU and GICv3 need to be set up according to the requirements spelled
out in Documentation/arch/arm64/booting.rst. For zx297520v3 this means:
1. GICD_CTLR.DS=1 to disable GIC security
2. Enable access to ICC_SRE
3. Disable trapping IRQs into monitor mode
4. Configure EL2 and below to run in insecure mode.
5. Configure timer PPIs to active-low.
The kernel sources provided by ZTE do not boot either (interrupts do not work
at all). They are incomplete in other aspects too, so it is assumed that there
is some workaround similar to the one described in this document somewhere in
the binary blobs.
The assembly code below is given as an example of how to achieve this:
::
#include <linux/irqchip/arm-gic-v3.h>
#include <asm/assembler.h>
#include <asm/cp15.h>
@ Detect sane bootloaders and skip the hack
ldr r3, =0xf2000000
ldr r3, [r3]
ldr r4, =(GICD_CTLR_ARE_NS | GICD_CTLR_DS)
cmp r3, r4
beq skip_zx_hack
@ This allows EL1 to handle ints hat are normally handled by EL2/3.
ldr r3, =0xf2000000
str r4, [r3]
cps #MON_MODE
@ Work in non-secure physical address space: SCR_EL3.NS = 1. At least the UART
@ seems to respond only to non-secure addresses. I have taken insipiration from
@ Raspberry pi's armstub7.S here.
mov r3, #0x131 @ non-secure, Make F, A bits in CPSR writeable
@ Allow hypervisor call.
mcr p15, 0, r3, c1, c1, 0
@ AP_PPI_MODE_REG: Configure timer PPIs (10, 11, 13, 14) to active-low.
ldr r3, =0xF22020a8
ldr r4, =0x50
str r4, [r3]
ldr r3, =0xF22020ac
ldr r4, =0x14
str r4, [r3]
@ Enable EL2 access to ICC_SRE (bit 3, ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable). Enable system reg
@ access to GICv3 registers (bit 0, ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE) for EL1 and EL3.
mrc p15, 6, r3, c12, c12, 5 @ ICC_SRE_EL3
orr r3, #0x9 @ FIXME: No defines for SRE_EL3 values?
mcr p15, 6, r3, c12, c12, 5
mrc p15, 0, r3, c12, c12, 5 @ ICC_SRE_EL1
orr r3, #(ICC_SRE_EL1_SRE)
mcr p15, 0, r3, c12, c12, 5
@ Like ICC_SRE_EL3, enable EL1 access to ICC_SRE and system register access
@ for EL2.
mrc p15, 4, r3, c12, c9, 5 @ ICC_SRE_EL2 aka ICC_HSRE
orr r3, r3, #(ICC_SRE_EL2_ENABLE | ICC_SRE_EL2_SRE)
mcr p15, 4, r3, c12, c9, 5
isb
@ Back to SVC mode
cps #SVC_MODE
skip_zx_hack:
@@ -0,0 +1,809 @@
===========
ACPI Tables
===========
The expectations of individual ACPI tables are discussed in the list that
follows.
If a section number is used, it refers to a section number in the ACPI
specification where the object is defined. If "Signature Reserved" is used,
the table signature (the first four bytes of the table) is the only portion
of the table recognized by the specification, and the actual table is defined
outside of the UEFI Forum (see Section 5.2.6 of the specification).
For ACPI on arm64, tables also fall into the following categories:
- Required: DSDT, FADT, GTDT, MADT, MCFG, RSDP, SPCR, XSDT
- Recommended: BERT, EINJ, ERST, HEST, PCCT, SSDT
- Optional: AGDI, BGRT, CEDT, CPEP, CSRT, DBG2, DRTM, ECDT, FACS, FPDT,
HMAT, IBFT, IORT, MCHI, MPAM, MPST, MSCT, NFIT, PMTT, PPTT, RASF, SBST,
SDEI, SLIT, SPMI, SRAT, STAO, TCPA, TPM2, UEFI, XENV
- Not supported: AEST, APMT, BOOT, DBGP, DMAR, ETDT, HPET, IVRS, LPIT,
MSDM, OEMx, PDTT, PSDT, RAS2, RSDT, SLIC, WAET, WDAT, WDRT, WPBT
====== ========================================================================
Table Usage for ARMv8 Linux
====== ========================================================================
AEST Signature Reserved (signature == "AEST")
**Arm Error Source Table**
This table informs the OS of any error nodes in the system that are
compliant with the Arm RAS architecture.
AGDI Signature Reserved (signature == "AGDI")
**Arm Generic diagnostic Dump and Reset Device Interface Table**
This table describes a non-maskable event, that is used by the platform
firmware, to request the OS to generate a diagnostic dump and reset the device.
APMT Signature Reserved (signature == "APMT")
**Arm Performance Monitoring Table**
This table describes the properties of PMU support implemented by
components in the system.
BERT Section 18.3 (signature == "BERT")
**Boot Error Record Table**
Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform. It
is recommended this table be supplied.
BOOT Signature Reserved (signature == "BOOT")
**simple BOOT flag table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
BGRT Section 5.2.22 (signature == "BGRT")
**Boot Graphics Resource Table**
Optional, not currently supported, with no real use-case for an
ARM server.
CEDT Signature Reserved (signature == "CEDT")
**CXL Early Discovery Table**
This table allows the OS to discover any CXL Host Bridges and the Host
Bridge registers.
CPEP Section 5.2.18 (signature == "CPEP")
**Corrected Platform Error Polling table**
Optional, not currently supported, and not recommended until such
time as ARM-compatible hardware is available, and the specification
suitably modified.
CSRT Signature Reserved (signature == "CSRT")
**Core System Resources Table**
Optional, not currently supported.
DBG2 Signature Reserved (signature == "DBG2")
**DeBuG port table 2**
License has changed and should be usable. Optional if used instead
of earlycon=<device> on the command line.
DBGP Signature Reserved (signature == "DBGP")
**DeBuG Port table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
DSDT Section 5.2.11.1 (signature == "DSDT")
**Differentiated System Description Table**
A DSDT is required; see also SSDT.
ACPI tables contain only one DSDT but can contain one or more SSDTs,
which are optional. Each SSDT can only add to the ACPI namespace,
but cannot modify or replace anything in the DSDT.
DMAR Signature Reserved (signature == "DMAR")
**DMA Remapping table**
x86 only table, will not be supported.
DRTM Signature Reserved (signature == "DRTM")
**Dynamic Root of Trust for Measurement table**
Optional, not currently supported.
ECDT Section 5.2.16 (signature == "ECDT")
**Embedded Controller Description Table**
Optional, not currently supported, but could be used on ARM if and
only if one uses the GPE_BIT field to represent an IRQ number, since
there are no GPE blocks defined in hardware reduced mode. This would
need to be modified in the ACPI specification.
EINJ Section 18.6 (signature == "EINJ")
**Error Injection table**
This table is very useful for testing platform response to error
conditions; it allows one to inject an error into the system as
if it had actually occurred. However, this table should not be
shipped with a production system; it should be dynamically loaded
and executed with the ACPICA tools only during testing.
ERST Section 18.5 (signature == "ERST")
**Error Record Serialization Table**
On a platform supports RAS, this table must be supplied if it is not
UEFI-based; if it is UEFI-based, this table may be supplied. When this
table is not present, UEFI run time service will be utilized to save
and retrieve hardware error information to and from a persistent store.
ETDT Signature Reserved (signature == "ETDT")
**Event Timer Description Table**
Obsolete table, will not be supported.
FACS Section 5.2.10 (signature == "FACS")
**Firmware ACPI Control Structure**
It is unlikely that this table will be terribly useful. If it is
provided, the Global Lock will NOT be used since it is not part of
the hardware reduced profile, and only 64-bit address fields will
be considered valid.
FADT Section 5.2.9 (signature == "FACP")
**Fixed ACPI Description Table**
Required for arm64.
The HW_REDUCED_ACPI flag must be set. All of the fields that are
to be ignored when HW_REDUCED_ACPI is set are expected to be set to
zero.
If an FACS table is provided, the X_FIRMWARE_CTRL field is to be
used, not FIRMWARE_CTRL.
If PSCI is used (as is recommended), make sure that ARM_BOOT_ARCH is
filled in properly - that the PSCI_COMPLIANT flag is set and that
PSCI_USE_HVC is set or unset as needed (see table 5-37).
For the DSDT that is also required, the X_DSDT field is to be used,
not the DSDT field.
FPDT Section 5.2.23 (signature == "FPDT")
**Firmware Performance Data Table**
Optional, useful for boot performance profiling.
GTDT Section 5.2.24 (signature == "GTDT")
**Generic Timer Description Table**
Required for arm64.
HEST Section 18.3.2 (signature == "HEST")
**Hardware Error Source Table**
ARM-specific error sources have been defined; please use those or the
PCI types such as type 6 (AER Root Port), 7 (AER Endpoint), or 8 (AER
Bridge), or use type 9 (Generic Hardware Error Source). Firmware first
error handling is possible if and only if Trusted Firmware is being
used on arm64.
Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform. It
is recommended this table be supplied.
HMAT Section 5.2.28 (signature == "HMAT")
**Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table**
This table describes the memory attributes, such as memory side cache
attributes and bandwidth and latency details, related to Memory Proximity
Domains. The OS uses this information to optimize the system memory
configuration.
HPET Signature Reserved (signature == "HPET")
**High Precision Event timer Table**
x86 only table, will not be supported.
IBFT Signature Reserved (signature == "IBFT")
**iSCSI Boot Firmware Table**
Microsoft defined table, support TBD.
IORT Signature Reserved (signature == "IORT")
**Input Output Remapping Table**
arm64 only table, required in order to describe IO topology, SMMUs,
and GIC ITSs, and how those various components are connected together,
such as identifying which components are behind which SMMUs/ITSs.
This table will only be required on certain SBSA platforms (e.g.,
when using GICv3-ITS and an SMMU); on SBSA Level 0 platforms, it
remains optional.
IVRS Signature Reserved (signature == "IVRS")
**I/O Virtualization Reporting Structure**
x86_64 (AMD) only table, will not be supported.
LPIT Signature Reserved (signature == "LPIT")
**Low Power Idle Table**
x86 only table as of ACPI 5.1; starting with ACPI 6.0, processor
descriptions and power states on ARM platforms should use the DSDT
and define processor container devices (_HID ACPI0010, Section 8.4,
and more specifically 8.4.3 and 8.4.4).
MADT Section 5.2.12 (signature == "APIC")
**Multiple APIC Description Table**
Required for arm64. Only the GIC interrupt controller structures
should be used (types 0xA - 0xF).
MCFG Signature Reserved (signature == "MCFG")
**Memory-mapped ConFiGuration space**
If the platform supports PCI/PCIe, an MCFG table is required.
MCHI Signature Reserved (signature == "MCHI")
**Management Controller Host Interface table**
Optional, not currently supported.
MPAM Signature Reserved (signature == "MPAM")
**Memory Partitioning And Monitoring table**
This table allows the OS to discover the MPAM controls implemented by
the subsystems.
MPST Section 5.2.21 (signature == "MPST")
**Memory Power State Table**
Optional, not currently supported.
MSCT Section 5.2.19 (signature == "MSCT")
**Maximum System Characteristic Table**
Optional, not currently supported.
MSDM Signature Reserved (signature == "MSDM")
**Microsoft Data Management table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
NFIT Section 5.2.25 (signature == "NFIT")
**NVDIMM Firmware Interface Table**
Optional, not currently supported.
OEMx Signature of "OEMx" only
**OEM Specific Tables**
All tables starting with a signature of "OEM" are reserved for OEM
use. Since these are not meant to be of general use but are limited
to very specific end users, they are not recommended for use and are
not supported by the kernel for arm64.
PCCT Section 14.1 (signature == "PCCT)
**Platform Communications Channel Table**
Recommend for use on arm64; use of PCC is recommended when using CPPC
to control performance and power for platform processors.
PDTT Section 5.2.29 (signature == "PDTT")
**Platform Debug Trigger Table**
This table describes PCC channels used to gather debug logs of
non-architectural features.
PMTT Section 5.2.21.12 (signature == "PMTT")
**Platform Memory Topology Table**
Optional, not currently supported.
PPTT Section 5.2.30 (signature == "PPTT")
**Processor Properties Topology Table**
This table provides the processor and cache topology.
PSDT Section 5.2.11.3 (signature == "PSDT")
**Persistent System Description Table**
Obsolete table, will not be supported.
RAS2 Section 5.2.21 (signature == "RAS2")
**RAS Features 2 table**
This table provides interfaces for the RAS capabilities implemented in
the platform.
RASF Section 5.2.20 (signature == "RASF")
**RAS Feature table**
Optional, not currently supported.
RSDP Section 5.2.5 (signature == "RSD PTR")
**Root System Description PoinTeR**
Required for arm64.
RSDT Section 5.2.7 (signature == "RSDT")
**Root System Description Table**
Since this table can only provide 32-bit addresses, it is deprecated
on arm64, and will not be used. If provided, it will be ignored.
SBST Section 5.2.14 (signature == "SBST")
**Smart Battery Subsystem Table**
Optional, not currently supported.
SDEI Signature Reserved (signature == "SDEI")
**Software Delegated Exception Interface table**
This table advertises the presence of the SDEI interface.
SLIC Signature Reserved (signature == "SLIC")
**Software LIcensing table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
SLIT Section 5.2.17 (signature == "SLIT")
**System Locality distance Information Table**
Optional in general, but required for NUMA systems.
SPCR Signature Reserved (signature == "SPCR")
**Serial Port Console Redirection table**
Required for arm64.
SPMI Signature Reserved (signature == "SPMI")
**Server Platform Management Interface table**
Optional, not currently supported.
SRAT Section 5.2.16 (signature == "SRAT")
**System Resource Affinity Table**
Optional, but if used, only the GICC Affinity structures are read.
To support arm64 NUMA, this table is required.
SSDT Section 5.2.11.2 (signature == "SSDT")
**Secondary System Description Table**
These tables are a continuation of the DSDT; these are recommended
for use with devices that can be added to a running system, but can
also serve the purpose of dividing up device descriptions into more
manageable pieces.
An SSDT can only ADD to the ACPI namespace. It cannot modify or
replace existing device descriptions already in the namespace.
These tables are optional, however. ACPI tables should contain only
one DSDT but can contain many SSDTs.
STAO Signature Reserved (signature == "STAO")
**_STA Override table**
Optional, but only necessary in virtualized environments in order to
hide devices from guest OSs.
TCPA Signature Reserved (signature == "TCPA")
**Trusted Computing Platform Alliance table**
Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully
interoperate with arm64.
TPM2 Signature Reserved (signature == "TPM2")
**Trusted Platform Module 2 table**
Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully
interoperate with arm64.
UEFI Signature Reserved (signature == "UEFI")
**UEFI ACPI data table**
Optional, not currently supported. No known use case for arm64,
at present.
WAET Signature Reserved (signature == "WAET")
**Windows ACPI Emulated devices Table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
WDAT Signature Reserved (signature == "WDAT")
**Watch Dog Action Table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
WDRT Signature Reserved (signature == "WDRT")
**Watch Dog Resource Table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
WPBT Signature Reserved (signature == "WPBT")
**Windows Platform Binary Table**
Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
XENV Signature Reserved (signature == "XENV")
**Xen project table**
Optional, used only by Xen at present.
XSDT Section 5.2.8 (signature == "XSDT")
**eXtended System Description Table**
Required for arm64.
====== ========================================================================
ACPI Objects
------------
The expectations on individual ACPI objects that are likely to be used are
shown in the list that follows; any object not explicitly mentioned below
should be used as needed for a particular platform or particular subsystem,
such as power management or PCI.
===== ================ ========================================================
Name Section Usage for ARMv8 Linux
===== ================ ========================================================
_CCA 6.2.17 This method must be defined for all bus masters
on arm64 - there are no assumptions made about
whether such devices are cache coherent or not.
The _CCA value is inherited by all descendants of
these devices so it does not need to be repeated.
Without _CCA on arm64, the kernel does not know what
to do about setting up DMA for the device.
NB: this method provides default cache coherency
attributes; the presence of an SMMU can be used to
modify that, however. For example, a master could
default to non-coherent, but be made coherent with
the appropriate SMMU configuration (see Table 17 of
the IORT specification, ARM Document DEN 0049B).
_CID 6.1.2 Use as needed, see also _HID.
_CLS 6.1.3 Use as needed, see also _HID.
_CPC 8.4.7.1 Use as needed, power management specific. CPPC is
recommended on arm64.
_CRS 6.2.2 Required on arm64.
_CSD 8.4.2.2 Use as needed, used only in conjunction with _CST.
_CST 8.4.2.1 Low power idle states (8.4.4) are recommended instead
of C-states.
_DDN 6.1.4 This field can be used for a device name. However,
it is meant for DOS device names (e.g., COM1), so be
careful of its use across OSes.
_DSD 6.2.5 To be used with caution. If this object is used, try
to use it within the constraints already defined by the
Device Properties UUID. Only in rare circumstances
should it be necessary to create a new _DSD UUID.
In either case, submit the _DSD definition along with
any driver patches for discussion, especially when
device properties are used. A driver will not be
considered complete without a corresponding _DSD
description. Once approved by kernel maintainers,
the UUID or device properties must then be registered
with the UEFI Forum; this may cause some iteration as
more than one OS will be registering entries.
_DSM 9.1.1 Do not use this method. It is not standardized, the
return values are not well documented, and it is
currently a frequent source of error.
\_GL 5.7.1 This object is not to be used in hardware reduced
mode, and therefore should not be used on arm64.
_GLK 6.5.7 This object requires a global lock be defined; there
is no global lock on arm64 since it runs in hardware
reduced mode. Hence, do not use this object on arm64.
\_GPE 5.3.1 This namespace is for x86 use only. Do not use it
on arm64.
_HID 6.1.5 This is the primary object to use in device probing,
though _CID and _CLS may also be used.
_INI 6.5.1 Not required, but can be useful in setting up devices
when UEFI leaves them in a state that may not be what
the driver expects before it starts probing.
_LPI 8.4.4.3 Recommended for use with processor definitions (_HID
ACPI0010) on arm64. See also _RDI.
_MLS 6.1.7 Highly recommended for use in internationalization.
_OFF 7.2.2 It is recommended to define this method for any device
that can be turned on or off.
_ON 7.2.3 It is recommended to define this method for any device
that can be turned on or off.
\_OS 5.7.3 This method will return "Linux" by default (this is
the value of the macro ACPI_OS_NAME on Linux). The
command line parameter acpi_os=<string> can be used
to set it to some other value.
_OSC 6.2.11 This method can be a global method in ACPI (i.e.,
\_SB._OSC), or it may be associated with a specific
device (e.g., \_SB.DEV0._OSC), or both. When used
as a global method, only capabilities published in
the ACPI specification are allowed. When used as
a device-specific method, the process described for
using _DSD MUST be used to create an _OSC definition;
out-of-process use of _OSC is not allowed. That is,
submit the device-specific _OSC usage description as
part of the kernel driver submission, get it approved
by the kernel community, then register it with the
UEFI Forum.
\_OSI 5.7.2 Deprecated on ARM64. As far as ACPI firmware is
concerned, _OSI is not to be used to determine what
sort of system is being used or what functionality
is provided. The _OSC method is to be used instead.
_PDC 8.4.1 Deprecated, do not use on arm64.
\_PIC 5.8.1 The method should not be used. On arm64, the only
interrupt model available is GIC.
\_PR 5.3.1 This namespace is for x86 use only on legacy systems.
Do not use it on arm64.
_PRT 6.2.13 Required as part of the definition of all PCI root
devices.
_PRx 7.3.8-11 Use as needed; power management specific. If _PR0 is
defined, _PR3 must also be defined.
_PSx 7.3.2-5 Use as needed; power management specific. If _PS0 is
defined, _PS3 must also be defined. If clocks or
regulators need adjusting to be consistent with power
usage, change them in these methods.
_RDI 8.4.4.4 Recommended for use with processor definitions (_HID
ACPI0010) on arm64. This should only be used in
conjunction with _LPI.
\_REV 5.7.4 Always returns the latest version of ACPI supported.
\_SB 5.3.1 Required on arm64; all devices must be defined in this
namespace.
_SLI 6.2.15 Use is recommended when SLIT table is in use.
_STA 6.3.7, It is recommended to define this method for any device
7.2.4 that can be turned on or off. See also the STAO table
that provides overrides to hide devices in virtualized
environments.
_SRS 6.2.16 Use as needed; see also _PRS.
_STR 6.1.10 Recommended for conveying device names to end users;
this is preferred over using _DDN.
_SUB 6.1.9 Use as needed; _HID or _CID are preferred.
_SUN 6.1.11 Use as needed, but recommended.
_SWS 7.4.3 Use as needed; power management specific; this may
require specification changes for use on arm64.
_UID 6.1.12 Recommended for distinguishing devices of the same
class; define it if at all possible.
===== ================ ========================================================
ACPI Event Model
----------------
Do not use GPE block devices; these are not supported in the hardware reduced
profile used by arm64. Since there are no GPE blocks defined for use on ARM
platforms, ACPI events must be signaled differently.
There are two options: GPIO-signaled interrupts (Section 5.6.5), and
interrupt-signaled events (Section 5.6.9). Interrupt-signaled events are a
new feature in the ACPI 6.1 specification. Either - or both - can be used
on a given platform, and which to use may be dependent of limitations in any
given SoC. If possible, interrupt-signaled events are recommended.
ACPI Processor Control
----------------------
Section 8 of the ACPI specification changed significantly in version 6.0.
Processors should now be defined as Device objects with _HID ACPI0007; do
not use the deprecated Processor statement in ASL. All multiprocessor systems
should also define a hierarchy of processors, done with Processor Container
Devices (see Section 8.4.3.1, _HID ACPI0010); do not use processor aggregator
devices (Section 8.5) to describe processor topology. Section 8.4 of the
specification describes the semantics of these object definitions and how
they interrelate.
Most importantly, the processor hierarchy defined also defines the low power
idle states that are available to the platform, along with the rules for
determining which processors can be turned on or off and the circumstances
that control that. Without this information, the processors will run in
whatever power state they were left in by UEFI.
Note too, that the processor Device objects defined and the entries in the
MADT for GICs are expected to be in synchronization. The _UID of the Device
object must correspond to processor IDs used in the MADT.
It is recommended that CPPC (8.4.5) be used as the primary model for processor
performance control on arm64. C-states and P-states may become available at
some point in the future, but most current design work appears to favor CPPC.
Further, it is essential that the ARMv8 SoC provide a fully functional
implementation of PSCI; this will be the only mechanism supported by ACPI
to control CPU power state. Booting of secondary CPUs using the ACPI
parking protocol is possible, but discouraged, since only PSCI is supported
for ARM servers.
ACPI System Address Map Interfaces
----------------------------------
In Section 15 of the ACPI specification, several methods are mentioned as
possible mechanisms for conveying memory resource information to the kernel.
For arm64, we will only support UEFI for booting with ACPI, hence the UEFI
GetMemoryMap() boot service is the only mechanism that will be used.
ACPI Platform Error Interfaces (APEI)
-------------------------------------
The APEI tables supported are described above.
APEI requires the equivalent of an SCI and an NMI on ARMv8. The SCI is used
to notify the OSPM of errors that have occurred but can be corrected and the
system can continue correct operation, even if possibly degraded. The NMI is
used to indicate fatal errors that cannot be corrected, and require immediate
attention.
Since there is no direct equivalent of the x86 SCI or NMI, arm64 handles
these slightly differently. The SCI is handled as a high priority interrupt;
given that these are corrected (or correctable) errors being reported, this
is sufficient. The NMI is emulated as the highest priority interrupt
possible. This implies some caution must be used since there could be
interrupts at higher privilege levels or even interrupts at the same priority
as the emulated NMI. In Linux, this should not be the case but one should
be aware it could happen.
ACPI Objects Not Supported on ARM64
-----------------------------------
While this may change in the future, there are several classes of objects
that can be defined, but are not currently of general interest to ARM servers.
Some of these objects have x86 equivalents, and may actually make sense in ARM
servers. However, there is either no hardware available at present, or there
may not even be a non-ARM implementation yet. Hence, they are not currently
supported.
The following classes of objects are not supported:
- Section 9.2: ambient light sensor devices
- Section 9.3: battery devices
- Section 9.4: lids (e.g., laptop lids)
- Section 9.8.2: IDE controllers
- Section 9.9: floppy controllers
- Section 9.10: GPE block devices
- Section 9.15: PC/AT RTC/CMOS devices
- Section 9.16: user presence detection devices
- Section 9.17: I/O APIC devices; all GICs must be enumerable via MADT
- Section 9.18: time and alarm devices (see 9.15)
- Section 10: power source and power meter devices
- Section 11: thermal management
- Section 12: embedded controllers interface
- Section 13: SMBus interfaces
This also means that there is no support for the following objects:
==== =========================== ==== ==========
Name Section Name Section
==== =========================== ==== ==========
_ALC 9.3.4 _FDM 9.10.3
_ALI 9.3.2 _FIX 6.2.7
_ALP 9.3.6 _GAI 10.4.5
_ALR 9.3.5 _GHL 10.4.7
_ALT 9.3.3 _GTM 9.9.2.1.1
_BCT 10.2.2.10 _LID 9.5.1
_BDN 6.5.3 _PAI 10.4.4
_BIF 10.2.2.1 _PCL 10.3.2
_BIX 10.2.2.1 _PIF 10.3.3
_BLT 9.2.3 _PMC 10.4.1
_BMA 10.2.2.4 _PMD 10.4.8
_BMC 10.2.2.12 _PMM 10.4.3
_BMD 10.2.2.11 _PRL 10.3.4
_BMS 10.2.2.5 _PSR 10.3.1
_BST 10.2.2.6 _PTP 10.4.2
_BTH 10.2.2.7 _SBS 10.1.3
_BTM 10.2.2.9 _SHL 10.4.6
_BTP 10.2.2.8 _STM 9.9.2.1.1
_DCK 6.5.2 _UPD 9.16.1
_EC 12.12 _UPP 9.16.2
_FDE 9.10.1 _WPC 10.5.2
_FDI 9.10.2 _WPP 10.5.3
==== =========================== ==== ==========
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
.. _amu_index:
=======================================================
Activity Monitors Unit (AMU) extension in AArch64 Linux
=======================================================
Author: Ionela Voinescu <ionela.voinescu@arm.com>
Date: 2019-09-10
This document briefly describes the provision of Activity Monitors Unit
support in AArch64 Linux.
Architecture overview
---------------------
The activity monitors extension is an optional extension introduced by the
ARMv8.4 CPU architecture.
The activity monitors unit, implemented in each CPU, provides performance
counters intended for system management use. The AMU extension provides a
system register interface to the counter registers and also supports an
optional external memory-mapped interface.
Version 1 of the Activity Monitors architecture implements a counter group
of four fixed and architecturally defined 64-bit event counters.
- CPU cycle counter: increments at the frequency of the CPU.
- Constant counter: increments at the fixed frequency of the system
clock.
- Instructions retired: increments with every architecturally executed
instruction.
- Memory stall cycles: counts instruction dispatch stall cycles caused by
misses in the last level cache within the clock domain.
When in WFI or WFE these counters do not increment.
The Activity Monitors architecture provides space for up to 16 architected
event counters. Future versions of the architecture may use this space to
implement additional architected event counters.
Additionally, version 1 implements a counter group of up to 16 auxiliary
64-bit event counters.
On cold reset all counters reset to 0.
Basic support
-------------
The kernel can safely run a mix of CPUs with and without support for the
activity monitors extension. Therefore, when CONFIG_ARM64_AMU_EXTN is
selected we unconditionally enable the capability to allow any late CPU
(secondary or hotplugged) to detect and use the feature.
When the feature is detected on a CPU, we flag the availability of the
feature but this does not guarantee the correct functionality of the
counters, only the presence of the extension.
Firmware (code running at higher exception levels, e.g. arm-tf) support is
needed to:
- Enable access for lower exception levels (EL2 and EL1) to the AMU
registers.
- Enable the counters. If not enabled these will read as 0.
- Save/restore the counters before/after the CPU is being put/brought up
from the 'off' power state.
When using kernels that have this feature enabled but boot with broken
firmware the user may experience panics or lockups when accessing the
counter registers. Even if these symptoms are not observed, the values
returned by the register reads might not correctly reflect reality. Most
commonly, the counters will read as 0, indicating that they are not
enabled.
If proper support is not provided in firmware it's best to disable
CONFIG_ARM64_AMU_EXTN. To be noted that for security reasons, this does not
bypass the setting of AMUSERENR_EL0 to trap accesses from EL0 (userspace) to
EL1 (kernel). Therefore, firmware should still ensure accesses to AMU registers
are not trapped in EL2/EL3.
The fixed counters of AMUv1 are accessible through the following system
register definitions:
- SYS_AMEVCNTR0_CORE_EL0
- SYS_AMEVCNTR0_CONST_EL0
- SYS_AMEVCNTR0_INST_RET_EL0
- SYS_AMEVCNTR0_MEM_STALL_EL0
Auxiliary platform specific counters can be accessed using
SYS_AMEVCNTR1_EL0(n), where n is a value between 0 and 15.
Details can be found in: arch/arm64/include/asm/sysreg.h.
Userspace access
----------------
Currently, access from userspace to the AMU registers is disabled due to:
- Security reasons: they might expose information about code executed in
secure mode.
- Purpose: AMU counters are intended for system management use.
Also, the presence of the feature is not visible to userspace.
Virtualization
--------------
Currently, access from userspace (EL0) and kernelspace (EL1) on the KVM
guest side is disabled due to:
- Security reasons: they might expose information about code executed
by other guests or the host.
Any attempt to access the AMU registers will result in an UNDEFINED
exception being injected into the guest.
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
===================
ACPI on Arm systems
===================
ACPI can be used for Armv8 and Armv9 systems designed to follow
the BSA (Arm Base System Architecture) [0] and BBR (Arm
Base Boot Requirements) [1] specifications. Both BSA and BBR are publicly
accessible documents.
Arm Servers, in addition to being BSA compliant, comply with a set
of rules defined in SBSA (Server Base System Architecture) [2].
The Arm kernel implements the reduced hardware model of ACPI version
5.1 or later. Links to the specification and all external documents
it refers to are managed by the UEFI Forum. The specification is
available at http://www.uefi.org/specifications and documents referenced
by the specification can be found via http://www.uefi.org/acpi.
If an Arm system does not meet the requirements of the BSA and BBR,
or cannot be described using the mechanisms defined in the required ACPI
specifications, then ACPI may not be a good fit for the hardware.
While the documents mentioned above set out the requirements for building
industry-standard Arm systems, they also apply to more than one operating
system. The purpose of this document is to describe the interaction between
ACPI and Linux only, on an Arm system -- that is, what Linux expects of
ACPI and what ACPI can expect of Linux.
Why ACPI on Arm?
----------------
Before examining the details of the interface between ACPI and Linux, it is
useful to understand why ACPI is being used. Several technologies already
exist in Linux for describing non-enumerable hardware, after all. In this
section we summarize a blog post [3] from Grant Likely that outlines the
reasoning behind ACPI on Arm systems. Actually, we snitch a good portion
of the summary text almost directly, to be honest.
The short form of the rationale for ACPI on Arm is:
- ACPI’s byte code (AML) allows the platform to encode hardware behavior,
while DT explicitly does not support this. For hardware vendors, being
able to encode behavior is a key tool used in supporting operating
system releases on new hardware.
- ACPI’s OSPM defines a power management model that constrains what the
platform is allowed to do into a specific model, while still providing
flexibility in hardware design.
- In the enterprise server environment, ACPI has established bindings (such
as for RAS) which are currently used in production systems. DT does not.
Such bindings could be defined in DT at some point, but doing so means Arm
and x86 would end up using completely different code paths in both firmware
and the kernel.
- Choosing a single interface to describe the abstraction between a platform
and an OS is important. Hardware vendors would not be required to implement
both DT and ACPI if they want to support multiple operating systems. And,
agreeing on a single interface instead of being fragmented into per OS
interfaces makes for better interoperability overall.
- The new ACPI governance process works well and Linux is now at the same
table as hardware vendors and other OS vendors. In fact, there is no
longer any reason to feel that ACPI only belongs to Windows or that
Linux is in any way secondary to Microsoft in this arena. The move of
ACPI governance into the UEFI forum has significantly opened up the
specification development process, and currently, a large portion of the
changes being made to ACPI are being driven by Linux.
Key to the use of ACPI is the support model. For servers in general, the
responsibility for hardware behaviour cannot solely be the domain of the
kernel, but rather must be split between the platform and the kernel, in
order to allow for orderly change over time. ACPI frees the OS from needing
to understand all the minute details of the hardware so that the OS doesn’t
need to be ported to each and every device individually. It allows the
hardware vendors to take responsibility for power management behaviour without
depending on an OS release cycle which is not under their control.
ACPI is also important because hardware and OS vendors have already worked
out the mechanisms for supporting a general purpose computing ecosystem. The
infrastructure is in place, the bindings are in place, and the processes are
in place. DT does exactly what Linux needs it to when working with vertically
integrated devices, but there are no good processes for supporting what the
server vendors need. Linux could potentially get there with DT, but doing so
really just duplicates something that already works. ACPI already does what
the hardware vendors need, Microsoft won’t collaborate on DT, and hardware
vendors would still end up providing two completely separate firmware
interfaces -- one for Linux and one for Windows.
Kernel Compatibility
--------------------
One of the primary motivations for ACPI is standardization, and using that
to provide backward compatibility for Linux kernels. In the server market,
software and hardware are often used for long periods. ACPI allows the
kernel and firmware to agree on a consistent abstraction that can be
maintained over time, even as hardware or software change. As long as the
abstraction is supported, systems can be updated without necessarily having
to replace the kernel.
When a Linux driver or subsystem is first implemented using ACPI, it by
definition ends up requiring a specific version of the ACPI specification
-- its baseline. ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may
not be optimal, with the earliest kernel version that first provides support
for that baseline version of ACPI. There may be a need for additional drivers,
but adding new functionality (e.g., CPU power management) should not break
older kernel versions. Further, ACPI firmware must also work with the most
recent version of the kernel.
Relationship with Device Tree
-----------------------------
ACPI support in drivers and subsystems for Arm should never be mutually
exclusive with DT support at compile time.
At boot time the kernel will only use one description method depending on
parameters passed from the boot loader (including kernel bootargs).
Regardless of whether DT or ACPI is used, the kernel must always be capable
of booting with either scheme (in kernels with both schemes enabled at compile
time).
Booting using ACPI tables
-------------------------
The only defined method for passing ACPI tables to the kernel on Arm
is via the UEFI system configuration table. Just so it is explicit, this
means that ACPI is only supported on platforms that boot via UEFI.
When an Arm system boots, it can either have DT information, ACPI tables,
or in some very unusual cases, both. If no command line parameters are used,
the kernel will try to use DT for device enumeration; if there is no DT
present, the kernel will try to use ACPI tables, but only if they are present.
If neither is available, the kernel will not boot. If acpi=force is used
on the command line, the kernel will attempt to use ACPI tables first, but
fall back to DT if there are no ACPI tables present. The basic idea is that
the kernel will not fail to boot unless it absolutely has no other choice.
Processing of ACPI tables may be disabled by passing acpi=off on the kernel
command line; this is the default behavior.
In order for the kernel to load and use ACPI tables, the UEFI implementation
MUST set the ACPI_20_TABLE_GUID to point to the RSDP table (the table with
the ACPI signature "RSD PTR "). If this pointer is incorrect and acpi=force
is used, the kernel will disable ACPI and try to use DT to boot instead; the
kernel has, in effect, determined that ACPI tables are not present at that
point.
If the pointer to the RSDP table is correct, the table will be mapped into
the kernel by the ACPI core, using the address provided by UEFI.
The ACPI core will then locate and map in all other ACPI tables provided by
using the addresses in the RSDP table to find the XSDT (eXtended System
Description Table). The XSDT in turn provides the addresses to all other
ACPI tables provided by the system firmware; the ACPI core will then traverse
this table and map in the tables listed.
The ACPI core will ignore any provided RSDT (Root System Description Table).
RSDTs have been deprecated and are ignored on arm64 since they only allow
for 32-bit addresses.
Further, the ACPI core will only use the 64-bit address fields in the FADT
(Fixed ACPI Description Table). Any 32-bit address fields in the FADT will
be ignored on arm64.
Hardware reduced mode (see Section 4.1 of the ACPI 6.1 specification) will
be enforced by the ACPI core on arm64. Doing so allows the ACPI core to
run less complex code since it no longer has to provide support for legacy
hardware from other architectures. Any fields that are not to be used for
hardware reduced mode must be set to zero.
For the ACPI core to operate properly, and in turn provide the information
the kernel needs to configure devices, it expects to find the following
tables (all section numbers refer to the ACPI 6.5 specification):
- RSDP (Root System Description Pointer), section 5.2.5
- XSDT (eXtended System Description Table), section 5.2.8
- FADT (Fixed ACPI Description Table), section 5.2.9
- DSDT (Differentiated System Description Table), section
5.2.11.1
- MADT (Multiple APIC Description Table), section 5.2.12
- GTDT (Generic Timer Description Table), section 5.2.24
- PPTT (Processor Properties Topology Table), section 5.2.30
- DBG2 (DeBuG port table 2), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- APMT (Arm Performance Monitoring unit Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- AGDI (Arm Generic diagnostic Dump and Reset Device Interface Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- If PCI is supported, the MCFG (Memory mapped ConFiGuration
Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- If booting without a console=<device> kernel parameter is
supported, the SPCR (Serial Port Console Redirection table),
section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- If necessary to describe the I/O topology, SMMUs and GIC ITSs,
the IORT (Input Output Remapping Table, section 5.2.6, specifically
Table 5-6).
- If NUMA is supported, the following tables are required:
- SRAT (System Resource Affinity Table), section 5.2.16
- SLIT (System Locality distance Information Table), section 5.2.17
- If NUMA is supported, and the system contains heterogeneous memory,
the HMAT (Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table), section 5.2.28.
- If the ACPI Platform Error Interfaces are required, the following
tables are conditionally required:
- BERT (Boot Error Record Table, section 18.3.1)
- EINJ (Error INJection table, section 18.6.1)
- ERST (Error Record Serialization Table, section 18.5)
- HEST (Hardware Error Source Table, section 18.3.2)
- SDEI (Software Delegated Exception Interface table, section 5.2.6,
specifically Table 5-6)
- AEST (Arm Error Source Table, section 5.2.6,
specifically Table 5-6)
- RAS2 (ACPI RAS2 feature table, section 5.2.21)
- If the system contains controllers using PCC channel, the
PCCT (Platform Communications Channel Table), section 14.1
- If the system contains a controller to capture board-level system state,
and communicates with the host via PCC, the PDTT (Platform Debug Trigger
Table), section 5.2.29.
- If NVDIMM is supported, the NFIT (NVDIMM Firmware Interface Table), section 5.2.26
- If video framebuffer is present, the BGRT (Boot Graphics Resource Table), section 5.2.23
- If IPMI is implemented, the SPMI (Server Platform Management Interface),
section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- If the system contains a CXL Host Bridge, the CEDT (CXL Early Discovery
Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
- If the system supports MPAM, the MPAM (Memory Partitioning And Monitoring table), section 5.2.6,
specifically Table 5-6.
- If the system lacks persistent storage, the IBFT (ISCSI Boot Firmware
Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-6.
If the above tables are not all present, the kernel may or may not be
able to boot properly since it may not be able to configure all of the
devices available. This list of tables is not meant to be all inclusive;
in some environments other tables may be needed (e.g., any of the APEI
tables from section 18) to support specific functionality.
ACPI Detection
--------------
Drivers should determine their probe() type by checking for a null
value for ACPI_HANDLE, or checking .of_node, or other information in
the device structure. This is detailed further in the "Driver
Recommendations" section.
In non-driver code, if the presence of ACPI needs to be detected at
run time, then check the value of acpi_disabled. If CONFIG_ACPI is not
set, acpi_disabled will always be 1.
Device Enumeration
------------------
Device descriptions in ACPI should use standard recognized ACPI interfaces.
These may contain less information than is typically provided via a Device
Tree description for the same device. This is also one of the reasons that
ACPI can be useful -- the driver takes into account that it may have less
detailed information about the device and uses sensible defaults instead.
If done properly in the driver, the hardware can change and improve over
time without the driver having to change at all.
Clocks provide an excellent example. In DT, clocks need to be specified
and the drivers need to take them into account. In ACPI, the assumption
is that UEFI will leave the device in a reasonable default state, including
any clock settings. If for some reason the driver needs to change a clock
value, this can be done in an ACPI method; all the driver needs to do is
invoke the method and not concern itself with what the method needs to do
to change the clock. Changing the hardware can then take place over time
by changing what the ACPI method does, and not the driver.
In DT, the parameters needed by the driver to set up clocks as in the example
above are known as "bindings"; in ACPI, these are known as "Device Properties"
and provided to a driver via the _DSD object.
ACPI tables are described with a formal language called ASL, the ACPI
Source Language (section 19 of the specification). This means that there
are always multiple ways to describe the same thing -- including device
properties. For example, device properties could use an ASL construct
that looks like this: Name(KEY0, "value0"). An ACPI device driver would
then retrieve the value of the property by evaluating the KEY0 object.
However, using Name() this way has multiple problems: (1) ACPI limits
names ("KEY0") to four characters unlike DT; (2) there is no industry
wide registry that maintains a list of names, minimizing reuse; (3)
there is also no registry for the definition of property values ("value0"),
again making reuse difficult; and (4) how does one maintain backward
compatibility as new hardware comes out? The _DSD method was created
to solve precisely these sorts of problems; Linux drivers should ALWAYS
use the _DSD method for device properties and nothing else.
The _DSM object (ACPI Section 9.14.1) could also be used for conveying
device properties to a driver. Linux drivers should only expect it to
be used if _DSD cannot represent the data required, and there is no way
to create a new UUID for the _DSD object. Note that there is even less
regulation of the use of _DSM than there is of _DSD. Drivers that depend
on the contents of _DSM objects will be more difficult to maintain over
time because of this; as of this writing, the use of _DSM is the cause
of quite a few firmware problems and is not recommended.
Drivers should look for device properties in the _DSD object ONLY; the _DSD
object is described in the ACPI specification section 6.2.5, but this only
describes how to define the structure of an object returned via _DSD, and
how specific data structures are defined by specific UUIDs. Linux should
only use the _DSD Device Properties UUID [4]:
- UUID: daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301
Common device properties can be registered by creating a pull request to [4] so
that they may be used across all operating systems supporting ACPI.
Device properties that have not been registered with the UEFI Forum can be used
but not as "uefi-" common properties.
Before creating new device properties, check to be sure that they have not
been defined before and either registered in the Linux kernel documentation
as DT bindings, or the UEFI Forum as device properties. While we do not want
to simply move all DT bindings into ACPI device properties, we can learn from
what has been previously defined.
If it is necessary to define a new device property, or if it makes sense to
synthesize the definition of a binding so it can be used in any firmware,
both DT bindings and ACPI device properties for device drivers have review
processes. Use them both. When the driver itself is submitted for review
to the Linux mailing lists, the device property definitions needed must be
submitted at the same time. A driver that supports ACPI and uses device
properties will not be considered complete without their definitions. Once
the device property has been accepted by the Linux community, it must be
registered with the UEFI Forum [4], which will review it again for consistency
within the registry. This may require iteration. The UEFI Forum, though,
will always be the canonical site for device property definitions.
It may make sense to provide notice to the UEFI Forum that there is the
intent to register a previously unused device property name as a means of
reserving the name for later use. Other operating system vendors will
also be submitting registration requests and this may help smooth the
process.
Once registration and review have been completed, the kernel provides an
interface for looking up device properties in a manner independent of
whether DT or ACPI is being used. This API should be used [5]; it can
eliminate some duplication of code paths in driver probing functions and
discourage divergence between DT bindings and ACPI device properties.
Programmable Power Control Resources
------------------------------------
Programmable power control resources include such resources as voltage/current
providers (regulators) and clock sources.
With ACPI, the kernel clock and regulator framework is not expected to be used
at all.
The kernel assumes that power control of these resources is represented with
Power Resource Objects (ACPI section 7.1). The ACPI core will then handle
correctly enabling and disabling resources as they are needed. In order to
get that to work, ACPI assumes each device has defined D-states and that these
can be controlled through the optional ACPI methods _PS0, _PS1, _PS2, and _PS3;
in ACPI, _PS0 is the method to invoke to turn a device full on, and _PS3 is for
turning a device full off.
There are two options for using those Power Resources. They can:
- be managed in a _PSx method which gets called on entry to power
state Dx.
- be declared separately as power resources with their own _ON and _OFF
methods. They are then tied back to D-states for a particular device
via _PRx which specifies which power resources a device needs to be on
while in Dx. Kernel then tracks number of devices using a power resource
and calls _ON/_OFF as needed.
The kernel ACPI code will also assume that the _PSx methods follow the normal
ACPI rules for such methods:
- If either _PS0 or _PS3 is implemented, then the other method must also
be implemented.
- If a device requires usage or setup of a power resource when on, the ASL
should organize that it is allocated/enabled using the _PS0 method.
- Resources allocated or enabled in the _PS0 method should be disabled
or de-allocated in the _PS3 method.
- Firmware will leave the resources in a reasonable state before handing
over control to the kernel.
Such code in _PSx methods will of course be very platform specific. But,
this allows the driver to abstract out the interface for operating the device
and avoid having to read special non-standard values from ACPI tables. Further,
abstracting the use of these resources allows the hardware to change over time
without requiring updates to the driver.
Clocks
------
ACPI makes the assumption that clocks are initialized by the firmware --
UEFI, in this case -- to some working value before control is handed over
to the kernel. This has implications for devices such as UARTs, or SoC-driven
LCD displays, for example.
When the kernel boots, the clocks are assumed to be set to reasonable
working values. If for some reason the frequency needs to change -- e.g.,
throttling for power management -- the device driver should expect that
process to be abstracted out into some ACPI method that can be invoked
(please see the ACPI specification for further recommendations on standard
methods to be expected). The only exceptions to this are CPU clocks where
CPPC provides a much richer interface than ACPI methods. If the clocks
are not set, there is no direct way for Linux to control them.
If an SoC vendor wants to provide fine-grained control of the system clocks,
they could do so by providing ACPI methods that could be invoked by Linux
drivers. However, this is NOT recommended and Linux drivers should NOT use
such methods, even if they are provided. Such methods are not currently
standardized in the ACPI specification, and using them could tie a kernel
to a very specific SoC, or tie an SoC to a very specific version of the
kernel, both of which we are trying to avoid.
Driver Recommendations
----------------------
DO NOT remove any DT handling when adding ACPI support for a driver. The
same device may be used on many different systems.
DO try to structure the driver so that it is data-driven. That is, set up
a struct containing internal per-device state based on defaults and whatever
else must be discovered by the driver probe function. Then, have the rest
of the driver operate off of the contents of that struct. Doing so should
allow most divergence between ACPI and DT functionality to be kept local to
the probe function instead of being scattered throughout the driver. For
example::
static int device_probe_dt(struct platform_device *pdev)
{
/* DT specific functionality */
...
}
static int device_probe_acpi(struct platform_device *pdev)
{
/* ACPI specific functionality */
...
}
static int device_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
{
...
struct device_node node = pdev->dev.of_node;
...
if (node)
ret = device_probe_dt(pdev);
else if (ACPI_HANDLE(&pdev->dev))
ret = device_probe_acpi(pdev);
else
/* other initialization */
...
/* Continue with any generic probe operations */
...
}
DO keep the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE entries together in the driver to make it
clear the different names the driver is probed for, both from DT and from
ACPI::
static struct of_device_id virtio_mmio_match[] = {
{ .compatible = "virtio,mmio", },
{ }
};
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, virtio_mmio_match);
static const struct acpi_device_id virtio_mmio_acpi_match[] = {
{ "LNRO0005", },
{ }
};
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, virtio_mmio_acpi_match);
ASWG
----
The ACPI specification changes regularly. During the year 2014, for instance,
version 5.1 was released and version 6.0 substantially completed, with most of
the changes being driven by Arm-specific requirements. Proposed changes are
presented and discussed in the ASWG (ACPI Specification Working Group) which
is a part of the UEFI Forum. The current version of the ACPI specification
is 6.5 release in August 2022.
Participation in this group is open to all UEFI members. Please see
http://www.uefi.org/workinggroup for details on group membership.
It is the intent of the Arm ACPI kernel code to follow the ACPI specification
as closely as possible, and to only implement functionality that complies with
the released standards from UEFI ASWG. As a practical matter, there will be
vendors that provide bad ACPI tables or violate the standards in some way.
If this is because of errors, quirks and fix-ups may be necessary, but will
be avoided if possible. If there are features missing from ACPI that preclude
it from being used on a platform, ECRs (Engineering Change Requests) should be
submitted to ASWG and go through the normal approval process; for those that
are not UEFI members, many other members of the Linux community are and would
likely be willing to assist in submitting ECRs.
Linux Code
----------
Individual items specific to Linux on Arm, contained in the Linux
source code, are in the list that follows:
ACPI_OS_NAME
This macro defines the string to be returned when
an ACPI method invokes the _OS method. On Arm
systems, this macro will be "Linux" by default.
The command line parameter acpi_os=<string>
can be used to set it to some other value. The
default value for other architectures is "Microsoft
Windows NT", for example.
ACPI Objects
------------
Detailed expectations for ACPI tables and object are listed in the file
Documentation/arch/arm64/acpi_object_usage.rst.
References
----------
[0] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0094/latest
document Arm-DEN-0094: "Arm Base System Architecture", version 1.0C, dated 6 Oct 2022
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0044/latest
Document Arm-DEN-0044: "Arm Base Boot Requirements", version 2.0G, dated 15 Apr 2022
[2] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0029/latest
Document Arm-DEN-0029: "Arm Server Base System Architecture", version 7.1, dated 06 Oct 2022
[3] http://www.secretlab.ca/archives/151,
10 Jan 2015, Copyright (c) 2015,
Linaro Ltd., written by Grant Likely.
[4] _DSD (Device Specific Data) Implementation Guide
https://github.com/UEFI/DSD-Guide/blob/main/dsd-guide.pdf
[5] Kernel code for the unified device
property interface can be found in
include/linux/property.h and drivers/base/property.c.
Authors
-------
- Al Stone <al.stone@linaro.org>
- Graeme Gregory <graeme.gregory@linaro.org>
- Hanjun Guo <hanjun.guo@linaro.org>
- Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>, for the "Why ACPI on ARM?" section
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=====================================
Arm Confidential Compute Architecture
=====================================
Arm systems that support the Realm Management Extension (RME) contain
hardware to allow a VM guest to be run in a way which protects the code
and data of the guest from the hypervisor. It extends the older "two
world" model (Normal and Secure World) into four worlds: Normal, Secure,
Root and Realm. Linux can then also be run as a guest to a monitor
running in the Realm world.
The monitor running in the Realm world is known as the Realm Management
Monitor (RMM) and implements the Realm Management Monitor
specification[1]. The monitor acts a bit like a hypervisor (e.g. it runs
in EL2 and manages the stage 2 page tables etc of the guests running in
Realm world), however much of the control is handled by a hypervisor
running in the Normal World. The Normal World hypervisor uses the Realm
Management Interface (RMI) defined by the RMM specification to request
the RMM to perform operations (e.g. mapping memory or executing a vCPU).
The RMM defines an environment for guests where the address space (IPA)
is split into two. The lower half is protected - any memory that is
mapped in this half cannot be seen by the Normal World and the RMM
restricts what operations the Normal World can perform on this memory
(e.g. the Normal World cannot replace pages in this region without the
guest's cooperation). The upper half is shared, the Normal World is free
to make changes to the pages in this region, and is able to emulate MMIO
devices in this region too.
A guest running in a Realm may also communicate with the RMM using the
Realm Services Interface (RSI) to request changes in its environment or
to perform attestation about its environment. In particular it may
request that areas of the protected address space are transitioned
between 'RAM' and 'EMPTY' (in either direction). This allows a Realm
guest to give up memory to be returned to the Normal World, or to
request new memory from the Normal World. Without an explicit request
from the Realm guest the RMM will otherwise prevent the Normal World
from making these changes.
Linux as a Realm Guest
----------------------
To run Linux as a guest within a Realm, the following must be provided
either by the VMM or by a `boot loader` run in the Realm before Linux:
* All protected RAM described to Linux (by DT or ACPI) must be marked
RIPAS RAM before handing control over to Linux.
* MMIO devices must be either unprotected (e.g. emulated by the Normal
World) or marked RIPAS DEV.
* MMIO devices emulated by the Normal World and used very early in boot
(specifically earlycon) must be specified in the upper half of IPA.
For earlycon this can be done by specifying the address on the
command line, e.g. with an IPA size of 33 bits and the base address
of the emulated UART at 0x1000000: ``earlycon=uart,mmio,0x101000000``
* Linux will use bounce buffers for communicating with unprotected
devices. It will transition some protected memory to RIPAS EMPTY and
expect to be able to access unprotected pages at the same IPA address
but with the highest valid IPA bit set. The expectation is that the
VMM will remove the physical pages from the protected mapping and
provide those pages as unprotected pages.
References
----------
[1] https://developer.arm.com/documentation/den0137/
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
======================
Asymmetric 32-bit SoCs
======================
Author: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org>
This document describes the impact of asymmetric 32-bit SoCs on the
execution of 32-bit (``AArch32``) applications.
Date: 2021-05-17
Introduction
============
Some Armv9 SoCs suffer from a big.LITTLE misfeature where only a subset
of the CPUs are capable of executing 32-bit user applications. On such
a system, Linux by default treats the asymmetry as a "mismatch" and
disables support for both the ``PER_LINUX32`` personality and
``execve(2)`` of 32-bit ELF binaries, with the latter returning
``-ENOEXEC``. If the mismatch is detected during late onlining of a
64-bit-only CPU, then the onlining operation fails and the new CPU is
unavailable for scheduling.
Surprisingly, these SoCs have been produced with the intention of
running legacy 32-bit binaries. Unsurprisingly, that doesn't work very
well with the default behaviour of Linux.
It seems inevitable that future SoCs will drop 32-bit support
altogether, so if you're stuck in the unenviable position of needing to
run 32-bit code on one of these transitionary platforms then you would
be wise to consider alternatives such as recompilation, emulation or
retirement. If neither of those options are practical, then read on.
Enabling kernel support
=======================
Since the kernel support is not completely transparent to userspace,
allowing 32-bit tasks to run on an asymmetric 32-bit system requires an
explicit "opt-in" and can be enabled by passing the
``allow_mismatched_32bit_el0`` parameter on the kernel command-line.
For the remainder of this document we will refer to an *asymmetric
system* to mean an asymmetric 32-bit SoC running Linux with this kernel
command-line option enabled.
Userspace impact
================
32-bit tasks running on an asymmetric system behave in mostly the same
way as on a homogeneous system, with a few key differences relating to
CPU affinity.
sysfs
-----
The subset of CPUs capable of running 32-bit tasks is described in
``/sys/devices/system/cpu/aarch32_el0`` and is documented further in
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu.
**Note:** CPUs are advertised by this file as they are detected and so
late-onlining of 32-bit-capable CPUs can result in the file contents
being modified by the kernel at runtime. Once advertised, CPUs are never
removed from the file.
``execve(2)``
-------------
On a homogeneous system, the CPU affinity of a task is preserved across
``execve(2)``. This is not always possible on an asymmetric system,
specifically when the new program being executed is 32-bit yet the
affinity mask contains 64-bit-only CPUs. In this situation, the kernel
determines the new affinity mask as follows:
1. If the 32-bit-capable subset of the affinity mask is not empty,
then the affinity is restricted to that subset and the old affinity
mask is saved. This saved mask is inherited over ``fork(2)`` and
preserved across ``execve(2)`` of 32-bit programs.
**Note:** This step does not apply to ``SCHED_DEADLINE`` tasks.
See `SCHED_DEADLINE`_.
2. Otherwise, the cpuset hierarchy of the task is walked until an
ancestor is found containing at least one 32-bit-capable CPU. The
affinity of the task is then changed to match the 32-bit-capable
subset of the cpuset determined by the walk.
3. On failure (i.e. out of memory), the affinity is changed to the set
of all 32-bit-capable CPUs of which the kernel is aware.
A subsequent ``execve(2)`` of a 64-bit program by the 32-bit task will
invalidate the affinity mask saved in (1) and attempt to restore the CPU
affinity of the task using the saved mask if it was previously valid.
This restoration may fail due to intervening changes to the deadline
policy or cpuset hierarchy, in which case the ``execve(2)`` continues
with the affinity unchanged.
Calls to ``sched_setaffinity(2)`` for a 32-bit task will consider only
the 32-bit-capable CPUs of the requested affinity mask. On success, the
affinity for the task is updated and any saved mask from a prior
``execve(2)`` is invalidated.
``SCHED_DEADLINE``
------------------
Explicit admission of a 32-bit deadline task to the default root domain
(e.g. by calling ``sched_setattr(2)``) is rejected on an asymmetric
32-bit system unless admission control is disabled by writing -1 to
``/proc/sys/kernel/sched_rt_runtime_us``.
``execve(2)`` of a 32-bit program from a 64-bit deadline task will
return ``-ENOEXEC`` if the root domain for the task contains any
64-bit-only CPUs and admission control is enabled. Concurrent offlining
of 32-bit-capable CPUs may still necessitate the procedure described in
`execve(2)`_, in which case step (1) is skipped and a warning is
emitted on the console.
**Note:** It is recommended that a set of 32-bit-capable CPUs are placed
into a separate root domain if ``SCHED_DEADLINE`` is to be used with
32-bit tasks on an asymmetric system. Failure to do so is likely to
result in missed deadlines.
Cpusets
-------
The affinity of a 32-bit task on an asymmetric system may include CPUs
that are not explicitly allowed by the cpuset to which it is attached.
This can occur as a result of the following two situations:
- A 64-bit task attached to a cpuset which allows only 64-bit CPUs
executes a 32-bit program.
- All of the 32-bit-capable CPUs allowed by a cpuset containing a
32-bit task are offlined.
In both of these cases, the new affinity is calculated according to step
(2) of the process described in `execve(2)`_ and the cpuset hierarchy is
unchanged irrespective of the cgroup version.
CPU hotplug
-----------
On an asymmetric system, the first detected 32-bit-capable CPU is
prevented from being offlined by userspace and any such attempt will
return ``-EPERM``. Note that suspend is still permitted even if the
primary CPU (i.e. CPU 0) is 64-bit-only.
KVM
---
Although KVM will not advertise 32-bit EL0 support to any vCPUs on an
asymmetric system, a broken guest at EL1 could still attempt to execute
32-bit code at EL0. In this case, an exit from a vCPU thread in 32-bit
mode will return to host userspace with an ``exit_reason`` of
``KVM_EXIT_FAIL_ENTRY`` and will remain non-runnable until successfully
re-initialised by a subsequent ``KVM_ARM_VCPU_INIT`` operation.
SCHEDULER DOMAIN ISOLATION
--------------------------
To avoid perturbing a boot-defined domain isolated CPU (specified using
``isolcpus=[domain]``) when a 32-bit task is forcefully migrated, these CPUs
are treated as 64-bit-only when support for asymmetric 32-bit systems
is enabled.
However as opposed to boot-defined domain isolation, runtime-defined domain
isolation using cpuset isolated partition is not advised on asymmetric
32-bit systems and will result in undefined behaviour.
@@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
=====================
Booting AArch64 Linux
=====================
Author: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Date : 07 September 2012
This document is based on the ARM booting document by Russell King and
is relevant to all public releases of the AArch64 Linux kernel.
The AArch64 exception model is made up of a number of exception levels
(EL0 - EL3), with EL0, EL1 and EL2 having a secure and a non-secure
counterpart. EL2 is the hypervisor level, EL3 is the highest priority
level and exists only in secure mode. Both are architecturally optional.
For the purposes of this document, we will use the term `boot loader`
simply to define all software that executes on the CPU(s) before control
is passed to the Linux kernel. This may include secure monitor and
hypervisor code, or it may just be a handful of instructions for
preparing a minimal boot environment.
Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
following:
1. Setup and initialise the RAM
2. Setup the device tree
3. Decompress the kernel image
4. Call the kernel image
1. Setup and initialise RAM
---------------------------
Requirement: MANDATORY
The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs
this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms
to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
sees fit.)
For Arm Confidential Compute Realms this includes ensuring that all
protected RAM has a Realm IPA state (RIPAS) of "RAM".
2. Setup the device tree
-------------------------
Requirement: MANDATORY
The device tree blob (dtb) must be placed on an 8-byte boundary and must
not exceed 2 megabytes in size. Since the dtb will be mapped cacheable
using blocks of up to 2 megabytes in size, it must not be placed within
any 2M region which must be mapped with any specific attributes.
NOTE: versions prior to v4.2 also require that the DTB be placed within
the 512 MB region starting at text_offset bytes below the kernel Image.
3. Decompress the kernel image
------------------------------
Requirement: OPTIONAL
The AArch64 kernel does not currently provide a decompressor and
therefore requires decompression (gzip etc.) to be performed by the boot
loader if a compressed Image target (e.g. Image.gz) is used. For
bootloaders that do not implement this requirement, the uncompressed
Image target is available instead.
4. Call the kernel image
------------------------
Requirement: MANDATORY
The decompressed kernel image contains a 64-byte header as follows::
u32 code0; /* Executable code */
u32 code1; /* Executable code */
u64 text_offset; /* Image load offset, little endian */
u64 image_size; /* Effective Image size, little endian */
u64 flags; /* kernel flags, little endian */
u64 res2 = 0; /* reserved */
u64 res3 = 0; /* reserved */
u64 res4 = 0; /* reserved */
u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* Magic number, little endian, "ARM\x64" */
u32 res5; /* reserved (used for PE COFF offset) */
Header notes:
- As of v3.17, all fields are little endian unless stated otherwise.
- code0/code1 are responsible for branching to stext.
- when booting through EFI, code0/code1 are initially skipped.
res5 is an offset to the PE header and the PE header has the EFI
entry point (efi_stub_entry). When the stub has done its work, it
jumps to code0 to resume the normal boot process.
- Prior to v3.17, the endianness of text_offset was not specified. In
these cases image_size is zero and text_offset is 0x80000 in the
endianness of the kernel. Where image_size is non-zero image_size is
little-endian and must be respected. Where image_size is zero,
text_offset can be assumed to be 0x80000.
- The flags field (introduced in v3.17) is a little-endian 64-bit field
composed as follows:
============= ===============================================================
Bit 0 Kernel endianness. 1 if BE, 0 if LE.
Bit 1-2 Kernel Page size.
* 0 - Unspecified.
* 1 - 4K
* 2 - 16K
* 3 - 64K
Bit 3 Kernel physical placement
0
2MB aligned base should be as close as possible
to the base of DRAM, since memory below it is not
accessible via the linear mapping
1
2MB aligned base such that all image_size bytes
counted from the start of the image are within
the 48-bit addressable range of physical memory
Bits 4-63 Reserved.
============= ===============================================================
- When image_size is zero, a bootloader should attempt to keep as much
memory as possible free for use by the kernel immediately after the
end of the kernel image. The amount of space required will vary
depending on selected features, and is effectively unbound.
The Image must be placed text_offset bytes from a 2MB aligned base
address anywhere in usable system RAM and called there. The region
between the 2 MB aligned base address and the start of the image has no
special significance to the kernel, and may be used for other purposes.
At least image_size bytes from the start of the image must be free for
use by the kernel.
NOTE: versions prior to v4.6 cannot make use of memory below the
physical offset of the Image so it is recommended that the Image be
placed as close as possible to the start of system RAM.
If an initrd/initramfs is passed to the kernel at boot, it must reside
entirely within a 1 GB aligned physical memory window of up to 32 GB in
size that fully covers the kernel Image as well.
Any memory described to the kernel (even that below the start of the
image) which is not marked as reserved from the kernel (e.g., with a
memreserve region in the device tree) will be considered as available to
the kernel.
Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met:
- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save
you many hours of debug.
- Primary CPU general-purpose register settings:
- x0 = physical address of device tree blob (dtb) in system RAM.
- x1 = 0 (reserved for future use)
- x2 = 0 (reserved for future use)
- x3 = 0 (reserved for future use)
- CPU mode
All forms of interrupts must be masked in PSTATE.DAIF (Debug, SError,
IRQ and FIQ).
The CPU must be in non-secure state, either in EL2 (RECOMMENDED in order
to have access to the virtualisation extensions), or in EL1.
- Caches, MMUs
The MMU must be off.
The instruction cache may be on or off, and must not hold any stale
entries corresponding to the loaded kernel image.
The address range corresponding to the loaded kernel image must be
cleaned to the PoC. In the presence of a system cache or other
coherent masters with caches enabled, this will typically require
cache maintenance by VA rather than set/way operations.
System caches which respect the architected cache maintenance by VA
operations must be configured and may be enabled.
System caches which do not respect architected cache maintenance by VA
operations (not recommended) must be configured and disabled.
- Architected timers
CNTFRQ must be programmed with the timer frequency and CNTVOFF must
be programmed with a consistent value on all CPUs. If entering the
kernel at EL1, CNTHCTL_EL2 must have EL1PCTEN (bit 0) set where
available.
- Coherency
All CPUs to be booted by the kernel must be part of the same coherency
domain on entry to the kernel. This may require IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED
initialisation to enable the receiving of maintenance operations on
each CPU.
- System registers
All writable architected system registers at or below the exception
level where the kernel image will be entered must be initialised by
software at a higher exception level to prevent execution in an UNKNOWN
state.
For all systems:
- If EL3 is present:
- SCR_EL3.FIQ must have the same value across all CPUs the kernel is
executing on.
- The value of SCR_EL3.FIQ must be the same as the one present at boot
time whenever the kernel is executing.
- If EL3 is present and the kernel is entered at EL2:
- SCR_EL3.HCE (bit 8) must be initialised to 0b1.
For systems with a GICv5 interrupt controller to be used in v5 mode:
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_ACTIVERn_EL1 (bit 20) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_PRIORITYRn_EL1 (bit 19) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_PENDRn_EL1 (bit 18) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_ENABLERn_EL1 (bit 17) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_HMRn_EL1 (bit 16) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_IAFFIDR_EL1 (bit 7) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_ICSR_EL1 (bit 6) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_PCR_EL1 (bit 5) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_HPPIR_EL1 (bit 4) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_HAPR_EL1 (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_CR0_EL1 (bit 2) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_IDRn_EL1 (bit 1) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGRTR_EL2.ICC_APR_EL1 (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_ACTIVERn_EL1 (bit 20) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_PRIORITYRn_EL1 (bit 19) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_PENDRn_EL1 (bit 18) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_PPI_ENABLERn_EL1 (bit 17) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_ICSR_EL1 (bit 6) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_PCR_EL1 (bit 5) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_CR0_EL1 (bit 2) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGWTR_EL2.ICC_APR_EL1 (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICRCDNMIA (bit 10) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICRCDIA (bit 9) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDDI (bit 8) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDEOI (bit 7) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDHM (bit 6) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDRCFG (bit 5) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDPEND (bit 4) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDAFF (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDPRI (bit 2) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDDIS (bit 1) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICH_HFGITR_EL2.GICCDEN (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1.
- The DT or ACPI tables must describe a GICv5 interrupt controller.
For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller to be used in v3 mode:
- If EL3 is present:
- ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ICC_CTLR_EL3.PMHE (bit 6) must be set to the same value across
all CPUs the kernel is executing on, and must stay constant
for the lifetime of the kernel.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1:
- ICC_SRE_EL2.Enable (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1
- ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b1.
- The DT or ACPI tables must describe a GICv3 interrupt controller.
For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller to be used in
compatibility (v2) mode:
- If EL3 is present:
ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b0.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1:
ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b0.
- The DT or ACPI tables must describe a GICv2 interrupt controller.
For CPUs with pointer authentication functionality:
- If EL3 is present:
- SCR_EL3.APK (bit 16) must be initialised to 0b1
- SCR_EL3.API (bit 17) must be initialised to 0b1
- If the kernel is entered at EL1:
- HCR_EL2.APK (bit 40) must be initialised to 0b1
- HCR_EL2.API (bit 41) must be initialised to 0b1
For CPUs with Activity Monitors Unit v1 (AMUv1) extension present:
- If EL3 is present:
- CPTR_EL3.TAM (bit 30) must be initialised to 0b0
- CPTR_EL2.TAM (bit 30) must be initialised to 0b0
- AMCNTENSET0_EL0 must be initialised to 0b1111
- AMCNTENSET1_EL0 must be initialised to a platform specific value
having 0b1 set for the corresponding bit for each of the auxiliary
counters present.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1:
- AMCNTENSET0_EL0 must be initialised to 0b1111
- AMCNTENSET1_EL0 must be initialised to a platform specific value
having 0b1 set for the corresponding bit for each of the auxiliary
counters present.
For CPUs with the Fine Grained Traps (FEAT_FGT) extension present:
- If EL3 is present and the kernel is entered at EL2:
- SCR_EL3.FGTEn (bit 27) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with the Fine Grained Traps 2 (FEAT_FGT2) extension present:
- If EL3 is present and the kernel is entered at EL2:
- SCR_EL3.FGTEn2 (bit 59) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with support for HCRX_EL2 (FEAT_HCX) present:
- If EL3 is present and the kernel is entered at EL2:
- SCR_EL3.HXEn (bit 38) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with Advanced SIMD and floating point support:
- If EL3 is present:
- CPTR_EL3.TFP (bit 10) must be initialised to 0b0.
- If EL2 is present and the kernel is entered at EL1:
- CPTR_EL2.TFP (bit 10) must be initialised to 0b0.
For CPUs with the Scalable Vector Extension (FEAT_SVE) present:
- if EL3 is present:
- CPTR_EL3.EZ (bit 8) must be initialised to 0b1.
- ZCR_EL3.LEN must be initialised to the same value for all CPUs the
kernel is executed on.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- CPTR_EL2.TZ (bit 8) must be initialised to 0b0.
- CPTR_EL2.ZEN (bits 17:16) must be initialised to 0b11.
- ZCR_EL2.LEN must be initialised to the same value for all CPUs the
kernel will execute on.
For CPUs with the Scalable Matrix Extension (FEAT_SME):
- If EL3 is present:
- CPTR_EL3.ESM (bit 12) must be initialised to 0b1.
- SCR_EL3.EnTP2 (bit 41) must be initialised to 0b1.
- SMCR_EL3.LEN must be initialised to the same value for all CPUs the
kernel will execute on.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- CPTR_EL2.TSM (bit 12) must be initialised to 0b0.
- CPTR_EL2.SMEN (bits 25:24) must be initialised to 0b11.
- SCTLR_EL2.EnTP2 (bit 60) must be initialised to 0b1.
- SMCR_EL2.LEN must be initialised to the same value for all CPUs the
kernel will execute on.
- HFGRTR_EL2.nTPIDR2_EL0 (bit 55) must be initialised to 0b01.
- HFGWTR_EL2.nTPIDR2_EL0 (bit 55) must be initialised to 0b01.
- HFGRTR_EL2.nSMPRI_EL1 (bit 54) must be initialised to 0b01.
- HFGWTR_EL2.nSMPRI_EL1 (bit 54) must be initialised to 0b01.
For CPUs with the Scalable Matrix Extension FA64 feature (FEAT_SME_FA64):
- If EL3 is present:
- SMCR_EL3.FA64 (bit 31) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- SMCR_EL2.FA64 (bit 31) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with the Memory Tagging Extension feature (FEAT_MTE2):
- If EL3 is present:
- SCR_EL3.ATA (bit 26) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HCR_EL2.ATA (bit 56) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with the Scalable Matrix Extension version 2 (FEAT_SME2):
- If EL3 is present:
- SMCR_EL3.EZT0 (bit 30) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- SMCR_EL2.EZT0 (bit 30) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with the Branch Record Buffer Extension (FEAT_BRBE):
- If EL3 is present:
- MDCR_EL3.SBRBE (bits 33:32) must be initialised to 0b01 or 0b11.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- BRBCR_EL2.CC (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1.
- BRBCR_EL2.MPRED (bit 4) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGRTR_EL2.nBRBDATA (bit 61) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGRTR_EL2.nBRBCTL (bit 60) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGRTR_EL2.nBRBIDR (bit 59) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGWTR_EL2.nBRBDATA (bit 61) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGWTR_EL2.nBRBCTL (bit 60) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGITR_EL2.nBRBIALL (bit 56) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGITR_EL2.nBRBINJ (bit 55) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with the Performance Monitors Extension (FEAT_PMUv3p9):
- If EL3 is present:
- MDCR_EL3.EnPM2 (bit 7) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HDFGRTR2_EL2.nPMICNTR_EL0 (bit 2) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGRTR2_EL2.nPMICFILTR_EL0 (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGRTR2_EL2.nPMUACR_EL1 (bit 4) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGWTR2_EL2.nPMICNTR_EL0 (bit 2) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGWTR2_EL2.nPMICFILTR_EL0 (bit 3) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGWTR2_EL2.nPMUACR_EL1 (bit 4) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with SPE data source filtering (FEAT_SPE_FDS):
- If EL3 is present:
- MDCR_EL3.EnPMS3 (bit 42) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HDFGRTR2_EL2.nPMSDSFR_EL1 (bit 19) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HDFGWTR2_EL2.nPMSDSFR_EL1 (bit 19) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with Memory Copy and Memory Set instructions (FEAT_MOPS):
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HCRX_EL2.MSCEn (bit 11) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HCRX_EL2.MCE2 (bit 10) must be initialised to 0b1 and the hypervisor
must handle MOPS exceptions as described in :ref:`arm64_mops_hyp`.
For CPUs with the Extended Translation Control Register feature (FEAT_TCR2):
- If EL3 is present:
- SCR_EL3.TCR2En (bit 43) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HCRX_EL2.TCR2En (bit 14) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with the Stage 1 Permission Indirection Extension feature (FEAT_S1PIE):
- If EL3 is present:
- SCR_EL3.PIEn (bit 45) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HFGRTR_EL2.nPIR_EL1 (bit 58) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGWTR_EL2.nPIR_EL1 (bit 58) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGRTR_EL2.nPIRE0_EL1 (bit 57) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGRWR_EL2.nPIRE0_EL1 (bit 57) must be initialised to 0b1.
- For CPUs with Guarded Control Stacks (FEAT_GCS):
- GCSCR_EL1 must be initialised to 0.
- GCSCRE0_EL1 must be initialised to 0.
- If EL3 is present:
- SCR_EL3.GCSEn (bit 39) must be initialised to 0b1.
- If EL2 is present:
- GCSCR_EL2 must be initialised to 0.
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HCRX_EL2.GCSEn must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGITR_EL2.nGCSEPP (bit 59) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGITR_EL2.nGCSSTR_EL1 (bit 58) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGITR_EL2.nGCSPUSHM_EL1 (bit 57) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGRTR_EL2.nGCS_EL1 (bit 53) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGRTR_EL2.nGCS_EL0 (bit 52) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGWTR_EL2.nGCS_EL1 (bit 53) must be initialised to 0b1.
- HFGWTR_EL2.nGCS_EL0 (bit 52) must be initialised to 0b1.
- For CPUs with debug architecture i.e FEAT_Debugv8pN (all versions):
- If EL3 is present:
- MDCR_EL3.TDA (bit 9) must be initialized to 0b0
- For CPUs with FEAT_PMUv3:
- If EL3 is present:
- MDCR_EL3.TPM (bit 6) must be initialized to 0b0
For CPUs with support for 64-byte loads and stores without status (FEAT_LS64):
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HCRX_EL2.EnALS (bit 1) must be initialised to 0b1.
For CPUs with support for 64-byte stores with status (FEAT_LS64_V):
- If the kernel is entered at EL1 and EL2 is present:
- HCRX_EL2.EnASR (bit 2) must be initialised to 0b1.
The requirements described above for CPU mode, caches, MMUs, architected
timers, coherency and system registers apply to all CPUs. All CPUs must
enter the kernel in the same exception level. Where the values documented
disable traps it is permissible for these traps to be enabled so long as
those traps are handled transparently by higher exception levels as though
the values documented were set.
The boot loader is expected to enter the kernel on each CPU in the
following manner:
- The primary CPU must jump directly to the first instruction of the
kernel image. The device tree blob passed by this CPU must contain
an 'enable-method' property for each cpu node. The supported
enable-methods are described below.
It is expected that the bootloader will generate these device tree
properties and insert them into the blob prior to kernel entry.
- CPUs with a "spin-table" enable-method must have a 'cpu-release-addr'
property in their cpu node. This property identifies a
naturally-aligned 64-bit zero-initalised memory location.
These CPUs should spin outside of the kernel in a reserved area of
memory (communicated to the kernel by a /memreserve/ region in the
device tree) polling their cpu-release-addr location, which must be
contained in the reserved region. A wfe instruction may be inserted
to reduce the overhead of the busy-loop and a sev will be issued by
the primary CPU. When a read of the location pointed to by the
cpu-release-addr returns a non-zero value, the CPU must jump to this
value. The value will be written as a single 64-bit little-endian
value, so CPUs must convert the read value to their native endianness
before jumping to it.
- CPUs with a "psci" enable method should remain outside of
the kernel (i.e. outside of the regions of memory described to the
kernel in the memory node, or in a reserved area of memory described
to the kernel by a /memreserve/ region in the device tree). The
kernel will issue CPU_ON calls as described in ARM document number ARM
DEN 0022A ("Power State Coordination Interface System Software on ARM
processors") to bring CPUs into the kernel.
The device tree should contain a 'psci' node, as described in
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.yaml.
- Secondary CPU general-purpose register settings
- x0 = 0 (reserved for future use)
- x1 = 0 (reserved for future use)
- x2 = 0 (reserved for future use)
- x3 = 0 (reserved for future use)
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
===========================
ARM64 CPU Feature Registers
===========================
Author: Suzuki K Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com>
This file describes the ABI for exporting the AArch64 CPU ID/feature
registers to userspace. The availability of this ABI is advertised
via the HWCAP_CPUID in HWCAPs.
1. Motivation
-------------
The ARM architecture defines a set of feature registers, which describe
the capabilities of the CPU/system. Access to these system registers is
restricted from EL0 and there is no reliable way for an application to
extract this information to make better decisions at runtime. There is
limited information available to the application via HWCAPs, however
there are some issues with their usage.
a) Any change to the HWCAPs requires an update to userspace (e.g libc)
to detect the new changes, which can take a long time to appear in
distributions. Exposing the registers allows applications to get the
information without requiring updates to the toolchains.
b) Access to HWCAPs is sometimes limited (e.g prior to libc, or
when ld is initialised at startup time).
c) HWCAPs cannot represent non-boolean information effectively. The
architecture defines a canonical format for representing features
in the ID registers; this is well defined and is capable of
representing all valid architecture variations.
2. Requirements
---------------
a) Safety:
Applications should be able to use the information provided by the
infrastructure to run safely across the system. This has greater
implications on a system with heterogeneous CPUs.
The infrastructure exports a value that is safe across all the
available CPU on the system.
e.g, If at least one CPU doesn't implement CRC32 instructions, while
others do, we should report that the CRC32 is not implemented.
Otherwise an application could crash when scheduled on the CPU
which doesn't support CRC32.
b) Security:
Applications should only be able to receive information that is
relevant to the normal operation in userspace. Hence, some of the
fields are masked out(i.e, made invisible) and their values are set to
indicate the feature is 'not supported'. See Section 4 for the list
of visible features. Also, the kernel may manipulate the fields
based on what it supports. e.g, If FP is not supported by the
kernel, the values could indicate that the FP is not available
(even when the CPU provides it).
c) Implementation Defined Features
The infrastructure doesn't expose any register which is
IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED as per ARMv8-A Architecture.
d) CPU Identification:
MIDR_EL1 is exposed to help identify the processor. On a
heterogeneous system, this could be racy (just like getcpu()). The
process could be migrated to another CPU by the time it uses the
register value, unless the CPU affinity is set. Hence, there is no
guarantee that the value reflects the processor that it is
currently executing on. REVIDR and AIDR are not exposed due to this
constraint, as these registers only make sense in conjunction with
the MIDR. Alternately, MIDR_EL1, REVIDR_EL1, and AIDR_EL1 are exposed
via sysfs at::
/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu$ID/regs/identification/
\- midr_el1
\- revidr_el1
\- aidr_el1
3. Implementation
--------------------
The infrastructure is built on the emulation of the 'MRS' instruction.
Accessing a restricted system register from an application generates an
exception and ends up in SIGILL being delivered to the process.
The infrastructure hooks into the exception handler and emulates the
operation if the source belongs to the supported system register space.
The infrastructure emulates only the following system register space::
Op0=3, Op1=0, CRn=0, CRm=0,2,3,4,5,6,7
(See Table C5-6 'System instruction encodings for non-Debug System
register accesses' in ARMv8 ARM DDI 0487A.h, for the list of
registers).
The following rules are applied to the value returned by the
infrastructure:
a) The value of an 'IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED' field is set to 0.
b) The value of a reserved field is populated with the reserved
value as defined by the architecture.
c) The value of a 'visible' field holds the system wide safe value
for the particular feature (except for MIDR_EL1, see section 4).
d) All other fields (i.e, invisible fields) are set to indicate
the feature is missing (as defined by the architecture).
4. List of registers with visible features
-------------------------------------------
1) ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1 - Instruction Set Attribute Register 0
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| RNDR | [63-60] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| TS | [55-52] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| FHM | [51-48] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| DP | [47-44] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SM4 | [43-40] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SM3 | [39-36] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SHA3 | [35-32] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| RDM | [31-28] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| ATOMICS | [23-20] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| CRC32 | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SHA2 | [15-12] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SHA1 | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| AES | [7-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
2) ID_AA64PFR0_EL1 - Processor Feature Register 0
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| DIT | [51-48] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| MPAM | [43-40] | n |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SVE | [35-32] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| GIC | [27-24] | n |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| AdvSIMD | [23-20] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| FP | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| EL3 | [15-12] | n |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| EL2 | [11-8] | n |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| EL1 | [7-4] | n |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| EL0 | [3-0] | n |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
3) ID_AA64PFR1_EL1 - Processor Feature Register 1
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SME | [27-24] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| MTE | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SSBS | [7-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| BT | [3-0] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
4) MIDR_EL1 - Main ID Register
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Implementer | [31-24] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Variant | [23-20] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Architecture | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| PartNum | [15-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Revision | [3-0] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
NOTE: The 'visible' fields of MIDR_EL1 will contain the value
as available on the CPU where it is fetched and is not a system
wide safe value.
5) ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1 - Instruction set attribute register 1
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| I8MM | [55-52] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| DGH | [51-48] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| BF16 | [47-44] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SB | [39-36] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| FRINTTS | [35-32] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| GPI | [31-28] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| GPA | [27-24] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| LRCPC | [23-20] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| FCMA | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| JSCVT | [15-12] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| API | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| APA | [7-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| DPB | [3-0] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
6) ID_AA64MMFR0_EL1 - Memory model feature register 0
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| ECV | [63-60] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
7) ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1 - Memory model feature register 2
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| AT | [35-32] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
8) ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1 - SVE feature ID register 0
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| F64MM | [59-56] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| F32MM | [55-52] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| I8MM | [47-44] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SM4 | [43-40] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SHA3 | [35-32] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| B16B16 | [27-24] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| BF16 | [23-20] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| BitPerm | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| AES | [7-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SVEVer | [3-0] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
8) ID_AA64MMFR1_EL1 - Memory model feature register 1
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| AFP | [47-44] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
9) ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1 - Instruction set attribute register 2
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| CSSC | [55-52] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| RPRFM | [51-48] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| BC | [23-20] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| MOPS | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| APA3 | [15-12] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| GPA3 | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| RPRES | [7-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| WFXT | [3-0] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
10) MVFR0_EL1 - AArch32 Media and VFP Feature Register 0
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| FPDP | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
11) MVFR1_EL1 - AArch32 Media and VFP Feature Register 1
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SIMDFMAC | [31-28] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SIMDSP | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SIMDInt | [15-12] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SIMDLS | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
12) ID_ISAR5_EL1 - AArch32 Instruction Set Attribute Register 5
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| Name | bits | visible |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| CRC32 | [19-16] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SHA2 | [15-12] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| SHA1 | [11-8] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
| AES | [7-4] | y |
+------------------------------+---------+---------+
Appendix I: Example
-------------------
::
/*
* Sample program to demonstrate the MRS emulation ABI.
*
* Copyright (C) 2015-2016, ARM Ltd
*
* Author: Suzuki K Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
* published by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*/
#include <asm/hwcap.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/auxv.h>
#define get_cpu_ftr(id) ({ \
unsigned long __val; \
asm("mrs %0, "#id : "=r" (__val)); \
printf("%-20s: 0x%016lx\n", #id, __val); \
})
int main(void)
{
if (!(getauxval(AT_HWCAP) & HWCAP_CPUID)) {
fputs("CPUID registers unavailable\n", stderr);
return 1;
}
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64MMFR0_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64MMFR1_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64PFR0_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64PFR1_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64DFR0_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(ID_AA64DFR1_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(MIDR_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(MPIDR_EL1);
get_cpu_ftr(REVIDR_EL1);
#if 0
/* Unexposed register access causes SIGILL */
get_cpu_ftr(ID_MMFR0_EL1);
#endif
return 0;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. _cpuhp_index:
====================
CPU Hotplug and ACPI
====================
CPU hotplug in the arm64 world is commonly used to describe the kernel taking
CPUs online/offline using PSCI. This document is about ACPI firmware allowing
CPUs that were not available during boot to be added to the system later.
``possible`` and ``present`` refer to the state of the CPU as seen by linux.
CPU Hotplug on physical systems - CPUs not present at boot
----------------------------------------------------------
Physical systems need to mark a CPU that is ``possible`` but not ``present`` as
being ``present``. An example would be a dual socket machine, where the package
in one of the sockets can be replaced while the system is running.
This is not supported.
In the arm64 world CPUs are not a single device but a slice of the system.
There are no systems that support the physical addition (or removal) of CPUs
while the system is running, and ACPI is not able to sufficiently describe
them.
e.g. New CPUs come with new caches, but the platform's cache topology is
described in a static table, the PPTT. How caches are shared between CPUs is
not discoverable, and must be described by firmware.
e.g. The GIC redistributor for each CPU must be accessed by the driver during
boot to discover the system wide supported features. ACPI's MADT GICC
structures can describe a redistributor associated with a disabled CPU, but
can't describe whether the redistributor is accessible, only that it is not
'always on'.
arm64's ACPI tables assume that everything described is ``present``.
CPU Hotplug on virtual systems - CPUs not enabled at boot
---------------------------------------------------------
Virtual systems have the advantage that all the properties the system will
ever have can be described at boot. There are no power-domain considerations
as such devices are emulated.
CPU Hotplug on virtual systems is supported. It is distinct from physical
CPU Hotplug as all vCPU resources are statically described in the firmware
configuration tables (e.g. MADT), meaning their maximum possible count is
known at boot. However, vCPUs that are not enabled at boot are not marked
as ``present`` by the kernel until they are hotplugged. An example is where
a virtual machine boots with a single CPU, and additional CPUs are added
once a cloud orchestrator deploys the workload.
For a virtual machine, the VMM (e.g. Qemu) plays the part of firmware.
Virtual hotplug is implemented as a firmware policy affecting which CPUs can be
brought online. Firmware can enforce its policy via PSCI's return codes. e.g.
``DENIED``.
The ACPI tables must describe all the resources of the virtual machine. CPUs
that are hot-pluggable must have the ``online capable`` bit set and the
``enabled`` bit cleared in the MADT GICC structures to indicate they can be
enabled later. The boot CPU must be marked as ``enabled`` with its
``online capable`` bit cleared. The 'always on' GICR structure must be used
to describe the redistributors.
CPUs described as ``online capable`` but not ``enabled`` can be set to enabled
by the DSDT's Processor object's _STA method. On virtual systems the _STA method
must always set the ``ACPI_STA_DEVICE_PRESENT`` bit, while toggling the
``ACPI_STA_DEVICE_ENABLED`` bit to reflect its plug status. The kernel will
then dynamically mark the vCPU as ``present`` within the OS when the
``ACPI_STA_DEVICE_ENABLED`` bit becomes set during hot-add. Changes to the
firmware policy can be notified to the OS via device-check or eject-request.
CPUs described as ``enabled`` in the static table, should not have their _STA
modified dynamically by firmware. Soft-restart features such as kexec will
re-read the static properties of the system from these static tables, and
may malfunction if these no longer describe the running system. Linux will
re-discover the dynamic properties of the system from the _STA method later
during boot.
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
.. _elf_hwcaps_index:
================
ARM64 ELF hwcaps
================
This document describes the usage and semantics of the arm64 ELF hwcaps.
1. Introduction
---------------
Some hardware or software features are only available on some CPU
implementations, and/or with certain kernel configurations, but have no
architected discovery mechanism available to userspace code at EL0. The
kernel exposes the presence of these features to userspace through a set
of flags called hwcaps, exposed in the auxiliary vector.
Userspace software can test for features by acquiring the AT_HWCAP,
AT_HWCAP2 or AT_HWCAP3 entry of the auxiliary vector, and testing
whether the relevant flags are set, e.g.::
bool floating_point_is_present(void)
{
unsigned long hwcaps = getauxval(AT_HWCAP);
if (hwcaps & HWCAP_FP)
return true;
return false;
}
Where software relies on a feature described by a hwcap, it should check
the relevant hwcap flag to verify that the feature is present before
attempting to make use of the feature.
Features cannot be probed reliably through other means. When a feature
is not available, attempting to use it may result in unpredictable
behaviour, and is not guaranteed to result in any reliable indication
that the feature is unavailable, such as a SIGILL.
2. Interpretation of hwcaps
---------------------------
The majority of hwcaps are intended to indicate the presence of features
which are described by architected ID registers inaccessible to
userspace code at EL0. These hwcaps are defined in terms of ID register
fields, and should be interpreted with reference to the definition of
these fields in the ARM Architecture Reference Manual (ARM ARM).
Such hwcaps are described below in the form::
Functionality implied by idreg.field == val.
Such hwcaps indicate the availability of functionality that the ARM ARM
defines as being present when idreg.field has value val, but do not
indicate that idreg.field is precisely equal to val, nor do they
indicate the absence of functionality implied by other values of
idreg.field.
Other hwcaps may indicate the presence of features which cannot be
described by ID registers alone. These may be described without
reference to ID registers, and may refer to other documentation.
3. The hwcaps exposed in AT_HWCAP
---------------------------------
HWCAP_FP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.FP == 0b0000.
HWCAP_ASIMD
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.AdvSIMD == 0b0000.
HWCAP_EVTSTRM
The generic timer is configured to generate events at a frequency of
approximately 10KHz.
HWCAP_AES
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.AES == 0b0001.
HWCAP_PMULL
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.AES == 0b0010.
HWCAP_SHA1
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SHA1 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SHA2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SHA2 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_CRC32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.CRC32 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_ATOMICS
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.Atomic == 0b0010.
HWCAP_FPHP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.FP == 0b0001.
HWCAP_ASIMDHP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.AdvSIMD == 0b0001.
HWCAP_CPUID
EL0 access to certain ID registers is available, to the extent
described by Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst.
These ID registers may imply the availability of features.
HWCAP_ASIMDRDM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.RDM == 0b0001.
HWCAP_JSCVT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.JSCVT == 0b0001.
HWCAP_FCMA
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.FCMA == 0b0001.
HWCAP_LRCPC
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.LRCPC == 0b0001.
HWCAP_DCPOP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SHA3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SM3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SM3 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SM4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SM4 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_ASIMDDP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.DP == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SHA512
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SHA2 == 0b0010.
HWCAP_SVE
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001.
HWCAP_ASIMDFHM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0001.
HWCAP_DIT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.DIT == 0b0001.
HWCAP_USCAT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1.AT == 0b0001.
HWCAP_ILRCPC
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.LRCPC == 0b0010.
HWCAP_FLAGM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SSBS
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.SSBS == 0b0010.
HWCAP_SB
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.SB == 0b0001.
HWCAP_PACA
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.APA == 0b0001 or
ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.API == 0b0001, as described by
Documentation/arch/arm64/pointer-authentication.rst.
HWCAP_PACG
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.GPA == 0b0001 or
ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.GPI == 0b0001, as described by
Documentation/arch/arm64/pointer-authentication.rst.
HWCAP_GCS
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.GCS == 0b1, as
described by Documentation/arch/arm64/gcs.rst.
HWCAP_CMPBR
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.CSSC == 0b0010.
HWCAP_FPRCVT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR3_EL1.FPRCVT == 0b0001.
HWCAP_F8MM8
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8MM8 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_F8MM4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8MM4 == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SVE_F16MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.F16MM == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SVE_ELTPERM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.ELTPERM == 0b0001.
HWCAP_SVE_AES2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0011.
HWCAP_SVE_BFSCALE
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.B16B16 == 0b0010.
HWCAP_SVE2P2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEver == 0b0011.
HWCAP_SME2P2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SMEver == 0b0011.
HWCAP_SME_SBITPERM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SBitPerm == 0b1.
HWCAP_SME_AES
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.AES == 0b1.
HWCAP_SME_SFEXPA
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SFEXPA == 0b1.
HWCAP_SME_STMOP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.STMOP == 0b1.
HWCAP_SME_SMOP4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SMOP4 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_DCPODP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_SVE2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEver == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVEAES
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVEPMULL
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_SVEBITPERM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.BitPerm == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVESHA3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVESM4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SM4 == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_FLAGM2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_FRINT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.FRINTTS == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVEI8MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.I8MM == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVEF32MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.F32MM == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVEF64MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.F64MM == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVEBF16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.BF16 == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_I8MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.I8MM == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_BF16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.BF16 == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_DGH
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DGH == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_RNG
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.RNDR == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_BTI
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.BT == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_MTE
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.MTE == 0b0010, as described
by Documentation/arch/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst.
HWCAP2_ECV
Functionality implied by ID_AA64MMFR0_EL1.ECV == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_AFP
Functionality implied by ID_AA64MMFR1_EL1.AFP == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_RPRES
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.RPRES == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_MTE3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.MTE == 0b0011, as described
by Documentation/arch/arm64/memory-tagging-extension.rst.
HWCAP2_SME
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.SME == 0b0001, as described
by Documentation/arch/arm64/sme.rst.
HWCAP2_SME_I16I64
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.I16I64 == 0b1111.
HWCAP2_SME_F64F64
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.F64F64 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_I8I32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.I8I32 == 0b1111.
HWCAP2_SME_F16F32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.F16F32 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_B16F32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.B16F32 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_F32F32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.F32F32 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_FA64
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.FA64 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_WFXT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.WFXT == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_EBF16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.BF16 == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_SVE_EBF16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.BF16 == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_CSSC
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.CSSC == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_RPRFM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.RPRFM == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVE2P1
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEver == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_SME2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SMEver == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SME2P1
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SMEver == 0b0010.
HWCAP2_SMEI16I32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.I16I32 == 0b0101
HWCAP2_SMEBI32I32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.BI32I32 == 0b1
HWCAP2_SMEB16B16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.B16B16 == 0b1
HWCAP2_SMEF16F16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.F16F16 == 0b1
HWCAP2_MOPS
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.MOPS == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_HBC
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.BC == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_SVE_B16B16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.B16B16 == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_LRCPC3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.LRCPC == 0b0011.
HWCAP2_LSE128
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.Atomic == 0b0011.
HWCAP2_FPMR
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR2_EL1.FMR == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_LUT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.LUT == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_FAMINMAX
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR3_EL1.FAMINMAX == 0b0001.
HWCAP2_F8CVT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8CVT == 0b1.
HWCAP2_F8FMA
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8FMA == 0b1.
HWCAP2_F8DP4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8DP4 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_F8DP2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8DP2 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_F8E4M3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8E4M3 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_F8E5M2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F8E5M2 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_LUTV2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.LUTv2 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_F8F16
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.F8F16 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_F8F32
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.F8F32 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_SF8FMA
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SF8FMA == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_SF8DP4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SF8DP4 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_SF8DP2
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SF8DP2 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_SME_SF8DP4
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SF8DP4 == 0b1.
HWCAP2_POE
Functionality implied by ID_AA64MMFR3_EL1.S1POE == 0b0001.
HWCAP3_MTE_FAR
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR2_EL1.MTEFAR == 0b0001.
HWCAP3_MTE_STORE_ONLY
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR2_EL1.MTESTOREONLY == 0b0001.
HWCAP3_LSFE
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR3_EL1.LSFE == 0b0001
HWCAP3_LS64
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.LS64 == 0b0001. Note that
the function of instruction ld64b/st64b requires support by CPU, system
and target (device) memory location and HWCAP3_LS64 implies the support
of CPU. User should only use ld64b/st64b on supported target (device)
memory location, otherwise fallback to the non-atomic alternatives.
HWCAP3_SVE_B16MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.B16B16 == 0b0011
HWCAP3_SVE2P3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEver == 0b0100
HWCAP3_SME_LUT6
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.LUT6 == 0b1
HWCAP3_SME2P3
Functionality implied by ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1.SMEver == 0b0100
HWCAP3_F16MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64FPFR0_EL1.F16MM2 == 0b1
HWCAP3_F16F32DOT
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0010
HWCAP3_F16F32MM
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0011
HWCAP3_SVE_LUT6
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001 and
ID_AA64ISAR2_EL1.LUT == 0b0010.
4. Unused AT_HWCAP bits
-----------------------
For interoperation with userspace, the kernel guarantees that bits 62
and 63 of AT_HWCAP will always be returned as 0.
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. kernel-feat:: features arm64
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
===============================================
Guarded Control Stack support for AArch64 Linux
===============================================
This document outlines briefly the interface provided to userspace by Linux in
order to support use of the ARM Guarded Control Stack (GCS) feature.
This is an outline of the most important features and issues only and not
intended to be exhaustive.
1. General
-----------
* GCS is an architecture feature intended to provide greater protection
against return oriented programming (ROP) attacks and to simplify the
implementation of features that need to collect stack traces such as
profiling.
* When GCS is enabled a separate guarded control stack is maintained by the
PE which is writeable only through specific GCS operations. This
stores the call stack only, when a procedure call instruction is
performed the current PC is pushed onto the GCS and on RET the
address in the LR is verified against that on the top of the GCS.
* When active the current GCS pointer is stored in the system register
GCSPR_EL0. This is readable by userspace but can only be updated
via specific GCS instructions.
* The architecture provides instructions for switching between guarded
control stacks with checks to ensure that the new stack is a valid
target for switching.
* The functionality of GCS is similar to that provided by the x86 Shadow
Stack feature, due to sharing of userspace interfaces the ABI refers to
shadow stacks rather than GCS.
* Support for GCS is reported to userspace via HWCAP_GCS in the aux vector
AT_HWCAP entry.
* GCS is enabled per thread. While there is support for disabling GCS
at runtime this should be done with great care.
* GCS memory access faults are reported as normal memory access faults.
* GCS specific errors (those reported with EC 0x2d) will be reported as
SIGSEGV with a si_code of SEGV_CPERR (control protection error).
* GCS is supported only for AArch64.
* On systems where GCS is supported GCSPR_EL0 is always readable by EL0
regardless of the GCS configuration for the thread.
* The architecture supports enabling GCS without verifying that return values
in LR match those in the GCS, the LR will be ignored. This is not supported
by Linux.
2. Enabling and disabling Guarded Control Stacks
-------------------------------------------------
* GCS is enabled and disabled for a thread via the PR_SET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS
prctl(), this takes a single flags argument specifying which GCS features
should be used.
* When set PR_SHADOW_STACK_ENABLE flag allocates a Guarded Control Stack
and enables GCS for the thread, enabling the functionality controlled by
GCSCRE0_EL1.{nTR, RVCHKEN, PCRSEL}.
* When set the PR_SHADOW_STACK_PUSH flag enables the functionality controlled
by GCSCRE0_EL1.PUSHMEn, allowing explicit GCS pushes.
* When set the PR_SHADOW_STACK_WRITE flag enables the functionality controlled
by GCSCRE0_EL1.STREn, allowing explicit stores to the Guarded Control Stack.
* Any unknown flags will cause PR_SET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS to return -EINVAL.
* PR_LOCK_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS is passed a bitmask of features with the same
values as used for PR_SET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS. Any future changes to the
status of the specified GCS mode bits will be rejected.
* PR_LOCK_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS allows any bit to be locked, this allows
userspace to prevent changes to any future features.
* There is no support for a process to remove a lock that has been set for
it.
* PR_SET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS and PR_LOCK_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS affect only the
thread that called them, any other running threads will be unaffected.
* New threads inherit the GCS configuration of the thread that created them.
* GCS is disabled on exec().
* The current GCS configuration for a thread may be read with the
PR_GET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS prctl(), this returns the same flags that
are passed to PR_SET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS.
* If GCS is disabled for a thread after having previously been enabled then
the stack will remain allocated for the lifetime of the thread. At present
any attempt to reenable GCS for the thread will be rejected, this may be
revisited in future.
* It should be noted that since enabling GCS will result in GCS becoming
active immediately it is not normally possible to return from the function
that invoked the prctl() that enabled GCS. It is expected that the normal
usage will be that GCS is enabled very early in execution of a program.
3. Allocation of Guarded Control Stacks
----------------------------------------
* When GCS is enabled for a thread a new Guarded Control Stack will be
allocated for it of half the standard stack size or 2 gigabytes,
whichever is smaller.
* When a new thread is created by a thread which has GCS enabled then a
new Guarded Control Stack will be allocated for the new thread with
half the size of the standard stack.
* When a stack is allocated by enabling GCS or during thread creation then
the top 8 bytes of the stack will be initialised to 0 and GCSPR_EL0 will
be set to point to the address of this 0 value, this can be used to
detect the top of the stack.
* Additional Guarded Control Stacks can be allocated using the
map_shadow_stack() system call.
* Stacks allocated using map_shadow_stack() can optionally have an end of
stack marker and cap placed at the top of the stack. If the flag
SHADOW_STACK_SET_TOKEN is specified a cap will be placed on the stack,
if SHADOW_STACK_SET_MARKER is not specified the cap will be the top 8
bytes of the stack and if it is specified then the cap will be the next
8 bytes. While specifying just SHADOW_STACK_SET_MARKER by itself is
valid since the marker is all bits 0 it has no observable effect.
* Stacks allocated using map_shadow_stack() must have a size which is a
multiple of 8 bytes larger than 8 bytes and must be 8 bytes aligned.
* An address can be specified to map_shadow_stack(), if one is provided then
it must be aligned to a page boundary.
* When a thread is freed the Guarded Control Stack initially allocated for
that thread will be freed. Note carefully that if the stack has been
switched this may not be the stack currently in use by the thread.
4. Signal handling
--------------------
* A new signal frame record gcs_context encodes the current GCS mode and
pointer for the interrupted context on signal delivery. This will always
be present on systems that support GCS.
* The record contains a flag field which reports the current GCS configuration
for the interrupted context as PR_GET_SHADOW_STACK_STATUS would.
* The signal handler is run with the same GCS configuration as the interrupted
context.
* When GCS is enabled for the interrupted thread a signal handling specific
GCS cap token will be written to the GCS, this is an architectural GCS cap
with the token type (bits 0..11) all clear. The GCSPR_EL0 reported in the
signal frame will point to this cap token.
* The signal handler will use the same GCS as the interrupted context.
* When GCS is enabled on signal entry a frame with the address of the signal
return handler will be pushed onto the GCS, allowing return from the signal
handler via RET as normal. This will not be reported in the gcs_context in
the signal frame.
5. Signal return
-----------------
When returning from a signal handler:
* If there is a gcs_context record in the signal frame then the GCS flags
and GCSPR_EL0 will be restored from that context prior to further
validation.
* If there is no gcs_context record in the signal frame then the GCS
configuration will be unchanged.
* If GCS is enabled on return from a signal handler then GCSPR_EL0 must
point to a valid GCS signal cap record, this will be popped from the
GCS prior to signal return.
* If the GCS configuration is locked when returning from a signal then any
attempt to change the GCS configuration will be treated as an error. This
is true even if GCS was not enabled prior to signal entry.
* GCS may be disabled via signal return but any attempt to enable GCS via
signal return will be rejected.
6. ptrace extensions
---------------------
* A new regset NT_ARM_GCS is defined for use with PTRACE_GETREGSET and
PTRACE_SETREGSET.
* The GCS mode, including enable and disable, may be configured via ptrace.
If GCS is enabled via ptrace no new GCS will be allocated for the thread.
* Configuration via ptrace ignores locking of GCS mode bits.
7. ELF coredump extensions
---------------------------
* NT_ARM_GCS notes will be added to each coredump for each thread of the
dumped process. The contents will be equivalent to the data that would
have been read if a PTRACE_GETREGSET of the corresponding type were
executed for each thread when the coredump was generated.
8. /proc extensions
--------------------
* Guarded Control Stack pages will include "ss" in their VmFlags in
/proc/<pid>/smaps.
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
.. _hugetlbpage_index:
====================
HugeTLBpage on ARM64
====================
Hugepage relies on making efficient use of TLBs to improve performance of
address translations. The benefit depends on both -
- the size of hugepages
- size of entries supported by the TLBs
The ARM64 port supports two flavours of hugepages.
1) Block mappings at the pud/pmd level
--------------------------------------
These are regular hugepages where a pmd or a pud page table entry points to a
block of memory. Regardless of the supported size of entries in TLB, block
mappings reduce the depth of page table walk needed to translate hugepage
addresses.
2) Using the Contiguous bit
---------------------------
The architecture provides a contiguous bit in the translation table entries
(D4.5.3, ARM DDI 0487C.a) that hints to the MMU to indicate that it is one of a
contiguous set of entries that can be cached in a single TLB entry.
The contiguous bit is used in Linux to increase the mapping size at the pmd and
pte (last) level. The number of supported contiguous entries varies by page size
and level of the page table.
The following hugepage sizes are supported -
====== ======== ==== ======== ===
- CONT PTE PMD CONT PMD PUD
====== ======== ==== ======== ===
4K: 64K 2M 32M 1G
16K: 2M 32M 1G
64K: 2M 512M 16G
====== ======== ==== ======== ===
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
.. _arm64_index:
==================
ARM64 Architecture
==================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 1
acpi_object_usage
amu
arm-acpi
arm-cca
asymmetric-32bit
booting
cpu-feature-registers
cpu-hotplug
elf_hwcaps
gcs
hugetlbpage
kdump
legacy_instructions
memory
memory-tagging-extension
mops
mpam
perf
pointer-authentication
ptdump
silicon-errata
sme
sve
tagged-address-abi
tagged-pointers
features
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Print out the KASAN_SHADOW_OFFSETS required to place the KASAN SHADOW
# start address at the top of the linear region
print_kasan_offset () {
printf "%02d\t" $1
printf "0x%08x00000000\n" $(( (0xffffffff & (-1 << ($1 - 1 - 32))) \
- (1 << (64 - 32 - $2)) ))
}
echo KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 3
printf "VABITS\tKASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET\n"
print_kasan_offset 48 3
print_kasan_offset 47 3
print_kasan_offset 42 3
print_kasan_offset 39 3
print_kasan_offset 36 3
echo
echo KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 4
printf "VABITS\tKASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET\n"
print_kasan_offset 48 4
print_kasan_offset 47 4
print_kasan_offset 42 4
print_kasan_offset 39 4
print_kasan_offset 36 4
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
=======================================
crashkernel memory reservation on arm64
=======================================
Author: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Kdump mechanism is used to capture a corrupted kernel vmcore so that
it can be subsequently analyzed. In order to do this, a preliminarily
reserved memory is needed to pre-load the kdump kernel and boot such
kernel if corruption happens.
That reserved memory for kdump is adapted to be able to minimally
accommodate the kdump kernel and the user space programs needed for the
vmcore collection.
Kernel parameter
================
Through the kernel parameters below, memory can be reserved accordingly
during the early stage of the first kernel booting so that a continuous
large chunk of memomy can be found. The low memory reservation needs to
be considered if the crashkernel is reserved from the high memory area.
- crashkernel=size@offset
- crashkernel=size
- crashkernel=size,high crashkernel=size,low
Low memory and high memory
==========================
For kdump reservations, low memory is the memory area under a specific
limit, usually decided by the accessible address bits of the DMA-capable
devices needed by the kdump kernel to run. Those devices not related to
vmcore dumping can be ignored. On arm64, the low memory upper bound is
not fixed: it is 1G on the RPi4 platform but 4G on most other systems.
On special kernels built with CONFIG_ZONE_(DMA|DMA32) disabled, the
whole system RAM is low memory. Outside of the low memory described
above, the rest of system RAM is considered high memory.
Implementation
==============
1) crashkernel=size@offset
--------------------------
The crashkernel memory must be reserved at the user-specified region or
fail if already occupied.
2) crashkernel=size
-------------------
The crashkernel memory region will be reserved in any available position
according to the search order:
Firstly, the kernel searches the low memory area for an available region
with the specified size.
If searching for low memory fails, the kernel falls back to searching
the high memory area for an available region of the specified size. If
the reservation in high memory succeeds, a default size reservation in
the low memory will be done. Currently the default size is 128M,
sufficient for the low memory needs of the kdump kernel.
Note: crashkernel=size is the recommended option for crashkernel kernel
reservations. The user would not need to know the system memory layout
for a specific platform.
3) crashkernel=size,high crashkernel=size,low
---------------------------------------------
crashkernel=size,(high|low) are an important supplement to
crashkernel=size. They allows the user to specify how much memory needs
to be allocated from the high memory and low memory respectively. On
many systems the low memory is precious and crashkernel reservations
from this area should be kept to a minimum.
To reserve memory for crashkernel=size,high, searching is first
attempted from the high memory region. If the reservation succeeds, the
low memory reservation will be done subsequently.
If reservation from the high memory failed, the kernel falls back to
searching the low memory with the specified size in crashkernel=,high.
If it succeeds, no further reservation for low memory is needed.
Notes:
- If crashkernel=,low is not specified, the default low memory
reservation will be done automatically.
- if crashkernel=0,low is specified, it means that the low memory
reservation is omitted intentionally.
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
===================
Legacy instructions
===================
The arm64 port of the Linux kernel provides infrastructure to support
emulation of instructions which have been deprecated, or obsoleted in
the architecture. The infrastructure code uses undefined instruction
hooks to support emulation. Where available it also allows turning on
the instruction execution in hardware.
The emulation mode can be controlled by writing to sysctl nodes
(/proc/sys/abi). The following explains the different execution
behaviours and the corresponding values of the sysctl nodes -
* Undef
Value: 0
Generates undefined instruction abort. Default for instructions that
have been obsoleted in the architecture, e.g., SWP
* Emulate
Value: 1
Uses software emulation. To aid migration of software, in this mode
usage of emulated instruction is traced as well as rate limited
warnings are issued. This is the default for deprecated
instructions, .e.g., CP15 barriers
* Hardware Execution
Value: 2
Although marked as deprecated, some implementations may support the
enabling/disabling of hardware support for the execution of these
instructions. Using hardware execution generally provides better
performance, but at the loss of ability to gather runtime statistics
about the use of the deprecated instructions.
The default mode depends on the status of the instruction in the
architecture. Deprecated instructions should default to emulation
while obsolete instructions must be undefined by default.
Note: Instruction emulation may not be possible in all cases. See
individual instruction notes for further information.
Supported legacy instructions
-----------------------------
* SWP{B}
:Node: /proc/sys/abi/swp
:Status: Obsolete
:Default: Undef (0)
* CP15 Barriers
:Node: /proc/sys/abi/cp15_barrier
:Status: Deprecated
:Default: Emulate (1)
* SETEND
:Node: /proc/sys/abi/setend
:Status: Deprecated
:Default: Emulate (1)*
Note: All the cpus on the system must have mixed endian support at EL0
for this feature to be enabled. If a new CPU - which doesn't support mixed
endian - is hotplugged in after this feature has been enabled, there could
be unexpected results in the application.
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
===============================================
Memory Tagging Extension (MTE) in AArch64 Linux
===============================================
Authors: Vincenzo Frascino <vincenzo.frascino@arm.com>
Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Date: 2020-02-25
This document describes the provision of the Memory Tagging Extension
functionality in AArch64 Linux.
Introduction
============
ARMv8.5 based processors introduce the Memory Tagging Extension (MTE)
feature. MTE is built on top of the ARMv8.0 virtual address tagging TBI
(Top Byte Ignore) feature and allows software to access a 4-bit
allocation tag for each 16-byte granule in the physical address space.
Such memory range must be mapped with the Normal-Tagged memory
attribute. A logical tag is derived from bits 59-56 of the virtual
address used for the memory access. A CPU with MTE enabled will compare
the logical tag against the allocation tag and potentially raise an
exception on mismatch, subject to system registers configuration.
Userspace Support
=================
When ``CONFIG_ARM64_MTE`` is selected and Memory Tagging Extension is
supported by the hardware, the kernel advertises the feature to
userspace via ``HWCAP2_MTE``.
PROT_MTE
--------
To access the allocation tags, a user process must enable the Tagged
memory attribute on an address range using a new ``prot`` flag for
``mmap()`` and ``mprotect()``:
``PROT_MTE`` - Pages allow access to the MTE allocation tags.
The allocation tag is set to 0 when such pages are first mapped in the
user address space and preserved on copy-on-write. ``MAP_SHARED`` is
supported and the allocation tags can be shared between processes.
**Note**: ``PROT_MTE`` is only supported on ``MAP_ANONYMOUS`` and
RAM-based file mappings (``tmpfs``, ``memfd``). Passing it to other
types of mapping will result in ``-EINVAL`` returned by these system
calls.
**Note**: The ``PROT_MTE`` flag (and corresponding memory type) cannot
be cleared by ``mprotect()``.
**Note**: ``madvise()`` memory ranges with ``MADV_DONTNEED`` and
``MADV_FREE`` may have the allocation tags cleared (set to 0) at any
point after the system call.
Tag Check Faults
----------------
When ``PROT_MTE`` is enabled on an address range and a mismatch between
the logical and allocation tags occurs on access, there are three
configurable behaviours:
- *Ignore* - This is the default mode. The CPU (and kernel) ignores the
tag check fault.
- *Synchronous* - The kernel raises a ``SIGSEGV`` synchronously, with
``.si_code = SEGV_MTESERR`` and ``.si_addr = <fault-address>``. The
memory access is not performed. If ``SIGSEGV`` is ignored or blocked
by the offending thread, the containing process is terminated with a
``coredump``.
- *Asynchronous* - The kernel raises a ``SIGSEGV``, in the offending
thread, asynchronously following one or multiple tag check faults,
with ``.si_code = SEGV_MTEAERR`` and ``.si_addr = 0`` (the faulting
address is unknown).
- *Asymmetric* - Reads are handled as for synchronous mode while writes
are handled as for asynchronous mode.
The user can select the above modes, per thread, using the
``prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, flags, 0, 0, 0)`` system call where ``flags``
contains any number of the following values in the ``PR_MTE_TCF_MASK``
bit-field:
- ``PR_MTE_TCF_NONE``  - *Ignore* tag check faults
(ignored if combined with other options)
- ``PR_MTE_TCF_SYNC`` - *Synchronous* tag check fault mode
- ``PR_MTE_TCF_ASYNC`` - *Asynchronous* tag check fault mode
If no modes are specified, tag check faults are ignored. If a single
mode is specified, the program will run in that mode. If multiple
modes are specified, the mode is selected as described in the "Per-CPU
preferred tag checking modes" section below.
The current tag check fault configuration can be read using the
``prctl(PR_GET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, 0, 0, 0, 0)`` system call. If
multiple modes were requested then all will be reported.
Tag checking can also be disabled for a user thread by setting the
``PSTATE.TCO`` bit with ``MSR TCO, #1``.
**Note**: Signal handlers are always invoked with ``PSTATE.TCO = 0``,
irrespective of the interrupted context. ``PSTATE.TCO`` is restored on
``sigreturn()``.
**Note**: There are no *match-all* logical tags available for user
applications.
**Note**: Kernel accesses to the user address space (e.g. ``read()``
system call) are not checked if the user thread tag checking mode is
``PR_MTE_TCF_NONE`` or ``PR_MTE_TCF_ASYNC``. If the tag checking mode is
``PR_MTE_TCF_SYNC``, the kernel makes a best effort to check its user
address accesses, however it cannot always guarantee it. Kernel accesses
to user addresses are always performed with an effective ``PSTATE.TCO``
value of zero, regardless of the user configuration.
Excluding Tags in the ``IRG``, ``ADDG`` and ``SUBG`` instructions
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The architecture allows excluding certain tags to be randomly generated
via the ``GCR_EL1.Exclude`` register bit-field. By default, Linux
excludes all tags other than 0. A user thread can enable specific tags
in the randomly generated set using the ``prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL,
flags, 0, 0, 0)`` system call where ``flags`` contains the tags bitmap
in the ``PR_MTE_TAG_MASK`` bit-field.
**Note**: The hardware uses an exclude mask but the ``prctl()``
interface provides an include mask. An include mask of ``0`` (exclusion
mask ``0xffff``) results in the CPU always generating tag ``0``.
Per-CPU preferred tag checking mode
-----------------------------------
On some CPUs the performance of MTE in stricter tag checking modes
is similar to that of less strict tag checking modes. This makes it
worthwhile to enable stricter checks on those CPUs when a less strict
checking mode is requested, in order to gain the error detection
benefits of the stricter checks without the performance downsides. To
support this scenario, a privileged user may configure a stricter
tag checking mode as the CPU's preferred tag checking mode.
The preferred tag checking mode for each CPU is controlled by
``/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<N>/mte_tcf_preferred``, to which a
privileged user may write the value ``async``, ``sync`` or ``asymm``. The
default preferred mode for each CPU is ``async``.
To allow a program to potentially run in the CPU's preferred tag
checking mode, the user program may set multiple tag check fault mode
bits in the ``flags`` argument to the ``prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL,
flags, 0, 0, 0)`` system call. If both synchronous and asynchronous
modes are requested then asymmetric mode may also be selected by the
kernel. If the CPU's preferred tag checking mode is in the task's set
of provided tag checking modes, that mode will be selected. Otherwise,
one of the modes in the task's mode will be selected by the kernel
from the task's mode set using the preference order:
1. Asynchronous
2. Asymmetric
3. Synchronous
Note that there is no way for userspace to request multiple modes and
also disable asymmetric mode.
Initial process state
---------------------
On ``execve()``, the new process has the following configuration:
- ``PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE`` set to 0 (disabled)
- No tag checking modes are selected (tag check faults ignored)
- ``PR_MTE_TAG_MASK`` set to 0 (all tags excluded)
- ``PSTATE.TCO`` set to 0
- ``PROT_MTE`` not set on any of the initial memory maps
On ``fork()``, the new process inherits the parent's configuration and
memory map attributes with the exception of the ``madvise()`` ranges
with ``MADV_WIPEONFORK`` which will have the data and tags cleared (set
to 0).
The ``ptrace()`` interface
--------------------------
``PTRACE_PEEKMTETAGS`` and ``PTRACE_POKEMTETAGS`` allow a tracer to read
the tags from or set the tags to a tracee's address space. The
``ptrace()`` system call is invoked as ``ptrace(request, pid, addr,
data)`` where:
- ``request`` - one of ``PTRACE_PEEKMTETAGS`` or ``PTRACE_POKEMTETAGS``.
- ``pid`` - the tracee's PID.
- ``addr`` - address in the tracee's address space.
- ``data`` - pointer to a ``struct iovec`` where ``iov_base`` points to
a buffer of ``iov_len`` length in the tracer's address space.
The tags in the tracer's ``iov_base`` buffer are represented as one
4-bit tag per byte and correspond to a 16-byte MTE tag granule in the
tracee's address space.
**Note**: If ``addr`` is not aligned to a 16-byte granule, the kernel
will use the corresponding aligned address.
``ptrace()`` return value:
- 0 - tags were copied, the tracer's ``iov_len`` was updated to the
number of tags transferred. This may be smaller than the requested
``iov_len`` if the requested address range in the tracee's or the
tracer's space cannot be accessed or does not have valid tags.
- ``-EPERM`` - the specified process cannot be traced.
- ``-EIO`` - the tracee's address range cannot be accessed (e.g. invalid
address) and no tags copied. ``iov_len`` not updated.
- ``-EFAULT`` - fault on accessing the tracer's memory (``struct iovec``
or ``iov_base`` buffer) and no tags copied. ``iov_len`` not updated.
- ``-EOPNOTSUPP`` - the tracee's address does not have valid tags (never
mapped with the ``PROT_MTE`` flag). ``iov_len`` not updated.
**Note**: There are no transient errors for the requests above, so user
programs should not retry in case of a non-zero system call return.
``PTRACE_GETREGSET`` and ``PTRACE_SETREGSET`` with ``addr ==
``NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL`` allow ``ptrace()`` access to the tagged
address ABI control and MTE configuration of a process as per the
``prctl()`` options described in
Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst and above. The corresponding
``regset`` is 1 element of 8 bytes (``sizeof(long)``).
Core dump support
-----------------
The allocation tags for user memory mapped with ``PROT_MTE`` are dumped
in the core file as additional ``PT_AARCH64_MEMTAG_MTE`` segments. The
program header for such segment is defined as:
:``p_type``: ``PT_AARCH64_MEMTAG_MTE``
:``p_flags``: 0
:``p_offset``: segment file offset
:``p_vaddr``: segment virtual address, same as the corresponding
``PT_LOAD`` segment
:``p_paddr``: 0
:``p_filesz``: segment size in file, calculated as ``p_mem_sz / 32``
(two 4-bit tags cover 32 bytes of memory)
:``p_memsz``: segment size in memory, same as the corresponding
``PT_LOAD`` segment
:``p_align``: 0
The tags are stored in the core file at ``p_offset`` as two 4-bit tags
in a byte. With the tag granule of 16 bytes, a 4K page requires 128
bytes in the core file.
Example of correct usage
========================
*MTE Example code*
.. code-block:: c
/*
* To be compiled with -march=armv8.5-a+memtag
*/
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/auxv.h>
#include <sys/mman.h>
#include <sys/prctl.h>
/*
* From arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/hwcap.h
*/
#define HWCAP2_MTE (1 << 18)
/*
* From arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/mman.h
*/
#define PROT_MTE 0x20
/*
* From include/uapi/linux/prctl.h
*/
#define PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL 55
#define PR_GET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL 56
# define PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE (1UL << 0)
# define PR_MTE_TCF_SHIFT 1
# define PR_MTE_TCF_NONE (0UL << PR_MTE_TCF_SHIFT)
# define PR_MTE_TCF_SYNC (1UL << PR_MTE_TCF_SHIFT)
# define PR_MTE_TCF_ASYNC (2UL << PR_MTE_TCF_SHIFT)
# define PR_MTE_TCF_MASK (3UL << PR_MTE_TCF_SHIFT)
# define PR_MTE_TAG_SHIFT 3
# define PR_MTE_TAG_MASK (0xffffUL << PR_MTE_TAG_SHIFT)
/*
* Insert a random logical tag into the given pointer.
*/
#define insert_random_tag(ptr) ({ \
uint64_t __val; \
asm("irg %0, %1" : "=r" (__val) : "r" (ptr)); \
__val; \
})
/*
* Set the allocation tag on the destination address.
*/
#define set_tag(tagged_addr) do { \
asm volatile("stg %0, [%0]" : : "r" (tagged_addr) : "memory"); \
} while (0)
int main()
{
unsigned char *a;
unsigned long page_sz = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
unsigned long hwcap2 = getauxval(AT_HWCAP2);
/* check if MTE is present */
if (!(hwcap2 & HWCAP2_MTE))
return EXIT_FAILURE;
/*
* Enable the tagged address ABI, synchronous or asynchronous MTE
* tag check faults (based on per-CPU preference) and allow all
* non-zero tags in the randomly generated set.
*/
if (prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL,
PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE | PR_MTE_TCF_SYNC | PR_MTE_TCF_ASYNC |
(0xfffe << PR_MTE_TAG_SHIFT),
0, 0, 0)) {
perror("prctl() failed");
return EXIT_FAILURE;
}
a = mmap(0, page_sz, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
if (a == MAP_FAILED) {
perror("mmap() failed");
return EXIT_FAILURE;
}
/*
* Enable MTE on the above anonymous mmap. The flag could be passed
* directly to mmap() and skip this step.
*/
if (mprotect(a, page_sz, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_MTE)) {
perror("mprotect() failed");
return EXIT_FAILURE;
}
/* access with the default tag (0) */
a[0] = 1;
a[1] = 2;
printf("a[0] = %hhu a[1] = %hhu\n", a[0], a[1]);
/* set the logical and allocation tags */
a = (unsigned char *)insert_random_tag(a);
set_tag(a);
printf("%p\n", a);
/* non-zero tag access */
a[0] = 3;
printf("a[0] = %hhu a[1] = %hhu\n", a[0], a[1]);
/*
* If MTE is enabled correctly the next instruction will generate an
* exception.
*/
printf("Expecting SIGSEGV...\n");
a[16] = 0xdd;
/* this should not be printed in the PR_MTE_TCF_SYNC mode */
printf("...haven't got one\n");
return EXIT_FAILURE;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
==============================
Memory Layout on AArch64 Linux
==============================
Author: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
This document describes the virtual memory layout used by the AArch64
Linux kernel. The architecture allows up to 4 levels of translation
tables with a 4KB page size and up to 3 levels with a 64KB page size.
AArch64 Linux uses either 3 levels or 4 levels of translation tables
with the 4KB page configuration, allowing 39-bit (512GB) or 48-bit
(256TB) virtual addresses, respectively, for both user and kernel. With
64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables, allowing 42-bit (4TB)
virtual address, are used but the memory layout is the same.
ARMv8.2 adds optional support for Large Virtual Address space. This is
only available when running with a 64KB page size and expands the
number of descriptors in the first level of translation.
TTBRx selection is given by bit 55 of the virtual address. The
swapper_pg_dir contains only kernel (global) mappings while the user pgd
contains only user (non-global) mappings. The swapper_pg_dir address is
written to TTBR1 and never written to TTBR0.
When using KVM without the Virtualization Host Extensions, the
hypervisor maps kernel pages in EL2 at a fixed (and potentially
random) offset from the linear mapping. See the kern_hyp_va macro and
kvm_update_va_mask function for more details. MMIO devices such as
GICv2 gets mapped next to the HYP idmap page, as do vectors when
ARM64_SPECTRE_V3A is enabled for particular CPUs.
When using KVM with the Virtualization Host Extensions, no additional
mappings are created, since the host kernel runs directly in EL2.
52-bit VA support in the kernel
-------------------------------
If the ARMv8.2-LVA optional feature is present, and we are running
with a 64KB page size; then it is possible to use 52-bits of address
space for both userspace and kernel addresses. However, any kernel
binary that supports 52-bit must also be able to fall back to 48-bit
at early boot time if the hardware feature is not present.
This fallback mechanism necessitates the kernel .text to be in the
higher addresses such that they are invariant to 48/52-bit VAs. Due
to the kasan shadow being a fraction of the entire kernel VA space,
the end of the kasan shadow must also be in the higher half of the
kernel VA space for both 48/52-bit. (Switching from 48-bit to 52-bit,
the end of the kasan shadow is invariant and dependent on ~0UL,
whilst the start address will "grow" towards the lower addresses).
In order to optimise phys_to_virt and virt_to_phys, the PAGE_OFFSET
is kept constant at 0xFFF0000000000000 (corresponding to 52-bit),
this obviates the need for an extra variable read. The physvirt
offset and vmemmap offsets are computed at early boot to enable
this logic.
As a single binary will need to support both 48-bit and 52-bit VA
spaces, the VMEMMAP must be sized large enough for 52-bit VAs and
also must be sized large enough to accommodate a fixed PAGE_OFFSET.
Most code in the kernel should not need to consider the VA_BITS, for
code that does need to know the VA size the variables are
defined as follows:
VA_BITS constant the *maximum* VA space size
VA_BITS_MIN constant the *minimum* VA space size
vabits_actual variable the *actual* VA space size
Maximum and minimum sizes can be useful to ensure that buffers are
sized large enough or that addresses are positioned close enough for
the "worst" case.
52-bit userspace VAs
--------------------
To maintain compatibility with software that relies on the ARMv8.0
VA space maximum size of 48-bits, the kernel will, by default,
return virtual addresses to userspace from a 48-bit range.
Software can "opt-in" to receiving VAs from a 52-bit space by
specifying an mmap hint parameter that is larger than 48-bit.
For example:
.. code-block:: c
maybe_high_address = mmap(~0UL, size, prot, flags,...);
It is also possible to build a debug kernel that returns addresses
from a 52-bit space by enabling the following kernel config options:
.. code-block:: sh
CONFIG_EXPERT=y && CONFIG_ARM64_FORCE_52BIT=y
Note that this option is only intended for debugging applications
and should not be used in production.
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
===================================
Memory copy/set instructions (MOPS)
===================================
A MOPS memory copy/set operation consists of three consecutive CPY* or SET*
instructions: a prologue, main and epilogue (for example: CPYP, CPYM, CPYE).
A main or epilogue instruction can take a MOPS exception for various reasons,
for example when a task is migrated to a CPU with a different MOPS
implementation, or when the instruction's alignment and size requirements are
not met. The software exception handler is then expected to reset the registers
and restart execution from the prologue instruction. Normally this is handled
by the kernel.
For more details refer to "D1.3.5.7 Memory Copy and Memory Set exceptions" in
the Arm Architecture Reference Manual DDI 0487K.a (Arm ARM).
.. _arm64_mops_hyp:
Hypervisor requirements
-----------------------
A hypervisor running a Linux guest must handle all MOPS exceptions from the
guest kernel, as Linux may not be able to handle the exception at all times.
For example, a MOPS exception can be taken when the hypervisor migrates a vCPU
to another physical CPU with a different MOPS implementation.
To do this, the hypervisor must:
- Set HCRX_EL2.MCE2 to 1 so that the exception is taken to the hypervisor.
- Have an exception handler that implements the algorithm from the Arm ARM
rules CNTMJ and MWFQH.
- Set the guest's PSTATE.SS to 0 in the exception handler, to handle a
potential step of the current instruction.
Note: Clearing PSTATE.SS is needed so that a single step exception is taken
on the next instruction (the prologue instruction). Otherwise prologue
would get silently stepped over and the single step exception taken on the
main instruction. Note that if the guest instruction is not being stepped
then clearing PSTATE.SS has no effect.
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
====
MPAM
====
What is MPAM
============
MPAM (Memory Partitioning and Monitoring) is a feature in the CPUs and memory
system components such as the caches or memory controllers that allow memory
traffic to be labelled, partitioned and monitored.
Traffic is labelled by the CPU, based on the control or monitor group the
current task is assigned to using resctrl. Partitioning policy can be set
using the schemata file in resctrl, and monitor values read via resctrl.
See Documentation/filesystems/resctrl.rst for more details.
This allows tasks that share memory system resources, such as caches, to be
isolated from each other according to the partitioning policy (so called noisy
neighbours).
Supported Platforms
===================
Use of this feature requires CPU support, support in the memory system
components, and a description from firmware of where the MPAM device controls
are in the MMIO address space. (e.g. the 'MPAM' ACPI table).
The MMIO device that provides MPAM controls/monitors for a memory system
component is called a memory system component. (MSC).
Because the user interface to MPAM is via resctrl, only MPAM features that are
compatible with resctrl can be exposed to user-space.
MSC are considered as a group based on the topology. MSC that correspond with
the L3 cache are considered together, it is not possible to mix MSC between L2
and L3 to 'cover' a resctrl schema.
The supported features are:
* Cache portion bitmap controls (CPOR) on the L2 or L3 caches. To expose
CPOR at L2 or L3, every CPU must have a corresponding CPU cache at this
level that also supports the feature. Mismatched big/little platforms are
not supported as resctrl's controls would then also depend on task
placement.
* Memory bandwidth maximum controls (MBW_MAX) on or after the L3 cache.
resctrl uses the L3 cache-id to identify where the memory bandwidth
control is applied. For this reason the platform must have an L3 cache
with cache-id's supplied by firmware. (It doesn't need to support MPAM.)
To be exported as the 'MB' schema, the topology of the group of MSC chosen
must match the topology of the L3 cache so that the cache-id's can be
repainted. For example: Platforms with Memory bandwidth maximum controls
on CPU-less NUMA nodes cannot expose the 'MB' schema to resctrl as these
nodes do not have a corresponding L3 cache. If the memory bandwidth
control is on the memory rather than the L3 then there must be a single
global L3 as otherwise it is unknown which L3 the traffic came from. There
must be no caches between the L3 and the memory so that the two ends of
the path have equivalent traffic.
When the MPAM driver finds multiple groups of MSC it can use for the 'MB'
schema, it prefers the group closest to the L3 cache.
* Cache Storage Usage (CSU) counters can expose the 'llc_occupancy' provided
there is at least one CSU monitor on each MSC that makes up the L3 group.
Exposing CSU counters from other caches or devices is not supported.
Reporting Bugs
==============
If you are not seeing the counters or controls you expect please share the
debug messages produced when enabling dynamic debug and booting with:
dyndbg="file mpam_resctrl.c +pl"
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. _perf_index:
====
Perf
====
Perf Event Attributes
=====================
:Author: Andrew Murray <andrew.murray@arm.com>
:Date: 2019-03-06
exclude_user
------------
This attribute excludes userspace.
Userspace always runs at EL0 and thus this attribute will exclude EL0.
exclude_kernel
--------------
This attribute excludes the kernel.
The kernel runs at EL2 with VHE and EL1 without. Guest kernels always run
at EL1.
For the host this attribute will exclude EL1 and additionally EL2 on a VHE
system.
For the guest this attribute will exclude EL1. Please note that EL2 is
never counted within a guest.
exclude_hv
----------
This attribute excludes the hypervisor.
For a VHE host this attribute is ignored as we consider the host kernel to
be the hypervisor.
For a non-VHE host this attribute will exclude EL2 as we consider the
hypervisor to be any code that runs at EL2 which is predominantly used for
guest/host transitions.
For the guest this attribute has no effect. Please note that EL2 is
never counted within a guest.
exclude_host / exclude_guest
----------------------------
These attributes exclude the KVM host and guest, respectively.
The KVM host may run at EL0 (userspace), EL1 (non-VHE kernel) and EL2 (VHE
kernel or non-VHE hypervisor).
The KVM guest may run at EL0 (userspace) and EL1 (kernel).
Due to the overlapping exception levels between host and guests we cannot
exclusively rely on the PMU's hardware exception filtering - therefore we
must enable/disable counting on the entry and exit to the guest. This is
performed differently on VHE and non-VHE systems.
For non-VHE systems we exclude EL2 for exclude_host - upon entering and
exiting the guest we disable/enable the event as appropriate based on the
exclude_host and exclude_guest attributes.
For VHE systems we exclude EL1 for exclude_guest and exclude both EL0,EL2
for exclude_host. Upon entering and exiting the guest we modify the event
to include/exclude EL0 as appropriate based on the exclude_host and
exclude_guest attributes.
The statements above also apply when these attributes are used within a
non-VHE guest however please note that EL2 is never counted within a guest.
Accuracy
--------
On non-VHE hosts we enable/disable counters on the entry/exit of host/guest
transition at EL2 - however there is a period of time between
enabling/disabling the counters and entering/exiting the guest. We are
able to eliminate counters counting host events on the boundaries of guest
entry/exit when counting guest events by filtering out EL2 for
exclude_host. However when using !exclude_hv there is a small blackout
window at the guest entry/exit where host events are not captured.
On VHE systems there are no blackout windows.
Perf Userspace PMU Hardware Counter Access
==========================================
Overview
--------
The perf userspace tool relies on the PMU to monitor events. It offers an
abstraction layer over the hardware counters since the underlying
implementation is cpu-dependent.
Arm64 allows userspace tools to have access to the registers storing the
hardware counters' values directly.
This targets specifically self-monitoring tasks in order to reduce the overhead
by directly accessing the registers without having to go through the kernel.
How-to
------
The focus is set on the armv8 PMUv3 which makes sure that the access to the pmu
registers is enabled and that the userspace has access to the relevant
information in order to use them.
In order to have access to the hardware counters, the global sysctl
kernel/perf_user_access must first be enabled:
.. code-block:: sh
echo 1 > /proc/sys/kernel/perf_user_access
It is necessary to open the event using the perf tool interface with config1:1
attr bit set: the sys_perf_event_open syscall returns a fd which can
subsequently be used with the mmap syscall in order to retrieve a page of memory
containing information about the event. The PMU driver uses this page to expose
to the user the hardware counter's index and other necessary data. Using this
index enables the user to access the PMU registers using the `mrs` instruction.
Access to the PMU registers is only valid while the sequence lock is unchanged.
In particular, the PMSELR_EL0 register is zeroed each time the sequence lock is
changed.
The userspace access is supported in libperf using the perf_evsel__mmap()
and perf_evsel__read() functions. See `tools/lib/perf/tests/test-evsel.c`_ for
an example.
About heterogeneous systems
---------------------------
On heterogeneous systems such as big.LITTLE, userspace PMU counter access can
only be enabled when the tasks are pinned to a homogeneous subset of cores and
the corresponding PMU instance is opened by specifying the 'type' attribute.
The use of generic event types is not supported in this case.
Have a look at `tools/perf/arch/arm64/tests/user-events.c`_ for an example. It
can be run using the perf tool to check that the access to the registers works
correctly from userspace:
.. code-block:: sh
perf test -v user
About chained events and counter sizes
--------------------------------------
The user can request either a 32-bit (config1:0 == 0) or 64-bit (config1:0 == 1)
counter along with userspace access. The sys_perf_event_open syscall will fail
if a 64-bit counter is requested and the hardware doesn't support 64-bit
counters. Chained events are not supported in conjunction with userspace counter
access. If a 32-bit counter is requested on hardware with 64-bit counters, then
userspace must treat the upper 32-bits read from the counter as UNKNOWN. The
'pmc_width' field in the user page will indicate the valid width of the counter
and should be used to mask the upper bits as needed.
.. Links
.. _tools/perf/arch/arm64/tests/user-events.c:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/tools/perf/arch/arm64/tests/user-events.c
.. _tools/lib/perf/tests/test-evsel.c:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/tools/lib/perf/tests/test-evsel.c
Event Counting Threshold
==========================================
Overview
--------
FEAT_PMUv3_TH (Armv8.8) permits a PMU counter to increment only on
events whose count meets a specified threshold condition. For example if
threshold_compare is set to 2 ('Greater than or equal'), and the
threshold is set to 2, then the PMU counter will now only increment by
when an event would have previously incremented the PMU counter by 2 or
more on a single processor cycle.
To increment by 1 after passing the threshold condition instead of the
number of events on that cycle, add the 'threshold_count' option to the
commandline.
How-to
------
These are the parameters for controlling the feature:
.. list-table::
:header-rows: 1
* - Parameter
- Description
* - threshold
- Value to threshold the event by. A value of 0 means that
thresholding is disabled and the other parameters have no effect.
* - threshold_compare
- | Comparison function to use, with the following values supported:
|
| 0: Not-equal
| 1: Equals
| 2: Greater-than-or-equal
| 3: Less-than
* - threshold_count
- If this is set, count by 1 after passing the threshold condition
instead of the value of the event on this cycle.
The threshold, threshold_compare and threshold_count values can be
provided per event, for example:
.. code-block:: sh
perf stat -e stall_slot/threshold=2,threshold_compare=2/ \
-e dtlb_walk/threshold=10,threshold_compare=3,threshold_count/
In this example the stall_slot event will count by 2 or more on every
cycle where 2 or more stalls happen. And dtlb_walk will count by 1 on
every cycle where the number of dtlb walks were less than 10.
The maximum supported threshold value can be read from the caps of each
PMU, for example:
.. code-block:: sh
cat /sys/bus/event_source/devices/armv8_pmuv3/caps/threshold_max
0x000000ff
If a value higher than this is given, then opening the event will result
in an error. The highest possible maximum is 4095, as the config field
for threshold is limited to 12 bits, and the Perf tool will refuse to
parse higher values.
If the PMU doesn't support FEAT_PMUv3_TH, then threshold_max will read
0, and attempting to set a threshold value will also result in an error.
threshold_max will also read as 0 on aarch32 guests, even if the host
is running on hardware with the feature.
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
=======================================
Pointer authentication in AArch64 Linux
=======================================
Author: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Date: 2017-07-19
This document briefly describes the provision of pointer authentication
functionality in AArch64 Linux.
Architecture overview
---------------------
The ARMv8.3 Pointer Authentication extension adds primitives that can be
used to mitigate certain classes of attack where an attacker can corrupt
the contents of some memory (e.g. the stack).
The extension uses a Pointer Authentication Code (PAC) to determine
whether pointers have been modified unexpectedly. A PAC is derived from
a pointer, another value (such as the stack pointer), and a secret key
held in system registers.
The extension adds instructions to insert a valid PAC into a pointer,
and to verify/remove the PAC from a pointer. The PAC occupies a number
of high-order bits of the pointer, which varies dependent on the
configured virtual address size and whether pointer tagging is in use.
A subset of these instructions have been allocated from the HINT
encoding space. In the absence of the extension (or when disabled),
these instructions behave as NOPs. Applications and libraries using
these instructions operate correctly regardless of the presence of the
extension.
The extension provides five separate keys to generate PACs - two for
instruction addresses (APIAKey, APIBKey), two for data addresses
(APDAKey, APDBKey), and one for generic authentication (APGAKey).
Basic support
-------------
When CONFIG_ARM64_PTR_AUTH is selected, and relevant HW support is
present, the kernel will assign random key values to each process at
exec*() time. The keys are shared by all threads within the process, and
are preserved across fork().
Presence of address authentication functionality is advertised via
HWCAP_PACA, and generic authentication functionality via HWCAP_PACG.
The number of bits that the PAC occupies in a pointer is 55 minus the
virtual address size configured by the kernel. For example, with a
virtual address size of 48, the PAC is 7 bits wide.
When ARM64_PTR_AUTH_KERNEL is selected, the kernel will be compiled
with HINT space pointer authentication instructions protecting
function returns. Kernels built with this option will work on hardware
with or without pointer authentication support.
In addition to exec(), keys can also be reinitialized to random values
using the PR_PAC_RESET_KEYS prctl. A bitmask of PR_PAC_APIAKEY,
PR_PAC_APIBKEY, PR_PAC_APDAKEY, PR_PAC_APDBKEY and PR_PAC_APGAKEY
specifies which keys are to be reinitialized; specifying 0 means "all
keys".
Debugging
---------
When CONFIG_ARM64_PTR_AUTH is selected, and HW support for address
authentication is present, the kernel will expose the position of TTBR0
PAC bits in the NT_ARM_PAC_MASK regset (struct user_pac_mask), which
userspace can acquire via PTRACE_GETREGSET.
The regset is exposed only when HWCAP_PACA is set. Separate masks are
exposed for data pointers and instruction pointers, as the set of PAC
bits can vary between the two. Note that the masks apply to TTBR0
addresses, and are not valid to apply to TTBR1 addresses (e.g. kernel
pointers).
Additionally, when CONFIG_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE is also set, the kernel
will expose the NT_ARM_PACA_KEYS and NT_ARM_PACG_KEYS regsets (struct
user_pac_address_keys and struct user_pac_generic_keys). These can be
used to get and set the keys for a thread.
Virtualization
--------------
Pointer authentication is enabled in KVM guest when each virtual cpu is
initialised by passing flags KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_[ADDRESS/GENERIC] and
requesting these two separate cpu features to be enabled. The current KVM
guest implementation works by enabling both features together, so both
these userspace flags are checked before enabling pointer authentication.
The separate userspace flag will allow to have no userspace ABI changes
if support is added in the future to allow these two features to be
enabled independently of one another.
As Arm Architecture specifies that Pointer Authentication feature is
implemented along with the VHE feature so KVM arm64 ptrauth code relies
on VHE mode to be present.
Additionally, when these vcpu feature flags are not set then KVM will
filter out the Pointer Authentication system key registers from
KVM_GET/SET_REG_* ioctls and mask those features from cpufeature ID
register. Any attempt to use the Pointer Authentication instructions will
result in an UNDEFINED exception being injected into the guest.
Enabling and disabling keys
---------------------------
The prctl PR_PAC_SET_ENABLED_KEYS allows the user program to control which
PAC keys are enabled in a particular task. It takes two arguments, the
first being a bitmask of PR_PAC_APIAKEY, PR_PAC_APIBKEY, PR_PAC_APDAKEY
and PR_PAC_APDBKEY specifying which keys shall be affected by this prctl,
and the second being a bitmask of the same bits specifying whether the key
should be enabled or disabled. For example::
prctl(PR_PAC_SET_ENABLED_KEYS,
PR_PAC_APIAKEY | PR_PAC_APIBKEY | PR_PAC_APDAKEY | PR_PAC_APDBKEY,
PR_PAC_APIBKEY, 0, 0);
disables all keys except the IB key.
The main reason why this is useful is to enable a userspace ABI that uses PAC
instructions to sign and authenticate function pointers and other pointers
exposed outside of the function, while still allowing binaries conforming to
the ABI to interoperate with legacy binaries that do not sign or authenticate
pointers.
The idea is that a dynamic loader or early startup code would issue this
prctl very early after establishing that a process may load legacy binaries,
but before executing any PAC instructions.
For compatibility with previous kernel versions, processes start up with IA,
IB, DA and DB enabled, and are reset to this state on exec(). Processes created
via fork() and clone() inherit the key enabled state from the calling process.
It is recommended to avoid disabling the IA key, as this has higher performance
overhead than disabling any of the other keys.
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
======================
Kernel page table dump
======================
ptdump is a debugfs interface that provides a detailed dump of the
kernel page tables. It offers a comprehensive overview of the kernel
virtual memory layout as well as the attributes associated with the
various regions in a human-readable format. It is useful to dump the
kernel page tables to verify permissions and memory types. Examining the
page table entries and permissions helps identify potential security
vulnerabilities such as mappings with overly permissive access rights or
improper memory protections.
Memory hotplug allows dynamic expansion or contraction of available
memory without requiring a system reboot. To maintain the consistency
and integrity of the memory management data structures, arm64 makes use
of the ``mem_hotplug_lock`` semaphore in write mode. Additionally, in
read mode, ``mem_hotplug_lock`` supports an efficient implementation of
``get_online_mems()`` and ``put_online_mems()``. These protect the
offlining of memory being accessed by the ptdump code.
In order to dump the kernel page tables, enable the following
configurations and mount debugfs::
CONFIG_PTDUMP_DEBUGFS=y
mount -t debugfs nodev /sys/kernel/debug
cat /sys/kernel/debug/kernel_page_tables
On analysing the output of ``cat /sys/kernel/debug/kernel_page_tables``
one can derive information about the virtual address range of the entry,
followed by size of the memory region covered by this entry, the
hierarchical structure of the page tables and finally the attributes
associated with each page. The page attributes provide information about
access permissions, execution capability, type of mapping such as leaf
level PTE or block level PGD, PMD and PUD, and access status of a page
within the kernel memory. Assessing these attributes can assist in
understanding the memory layout, access patterns and security
characteristics of the kernel pages.
Kernel virtual memory layout example::
start address end address size attributes
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| ---[ Linear Mapping start ]---------------------------------------------------------- |
| .................. |
| 0xfff0000000000000-0xfff0000000210000 2112K PTE RW NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL-TAGGED |
| 0xfff0000000210000-0xfff0000001c00000 26560K PTE ro NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL |
| .................. |
| ---[ Linear Mapping end ]------------------------------------------------------------ |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| ---[ Modules start ]----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| .................. |
| 0xffff800000000000-0xffff800008000000 128M PTE |
| .................. |
| ---[ Modules end ]------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| ---[ vmalloc() area ]---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| .................. |
| 0xffff800008010000-0xffff800008200000 1984K PTE ro x SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL |
| 0xffff800008200000-0xffff800008e00000 12M PTE ro x SHD AF CON UXN MEM/NORMAL |
| .................. |
| ---[ vmalloc() end ]----------------------------------------------------------------- |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| ---[ Fixmap start ]------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| .................. |
| 0xfffffbfffdb80000-0xfffffbfffdb90000 64K PTE ro x SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL |
| 0xfffffbfffdb90000-0xfffffbfffdba0000 64K PTE ro NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL |
| .................. |
| ---[ Fixmap end ]-------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| ---[ PCI I/O start ]----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| .................. |
| 0xfffffbfffe800000-0xfffffbffff800000 16M PTE |
| .................. |
| ---[ PCI I/O end ]------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| ---[ vmemmap start ]----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| .................. |
| 0xfffffc0002000000-0xfffffc0002200000 2M PTE RW NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL |
| 0xfffffc0002200000-0xfffffc0020000000 478M PTE |
| .................. |
| ---[ vmemmap end ]------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
``cat /sys/kernel/debug/kernel_page_tables`` output::
0xfff0000001c00000-0xfff0000080000000 2020M PTE RW NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL-TAGGED
0xfff0000080000000-0xfff0000800000000 30G PMD
0xfff0000800000000-0xfff0000800700000 7M PTE RW NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL-TAGGED
0xfff0000800700000-0xfff0000800710000 64K PTE ro NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL-TAGGED
0xfff0000800710000-0xfff0000880000000 2089920K PTE RW NX SHD AF UXN MEM/NORMAL-TAGGED
0xfff0000880000000-0xfff0040000000000 4062G PMD
0xfff0040000000000-0xffff800000000000 3964T PGD
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
=======================================
Silicon Errata and Software Workarounds
=======================================
Author: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Date : 27 November 2015
It is an unfortunate fact of life that hardware is often produced with
so-called "errata", which can cause it to deviate from the architecture
under specific circumstances. For hardware produced by ARM, these
errata are broadly classified into the following categories:
========== ========================================================
Category A A critical error without a viable workaround.
Category B A significant or critical error with an acceptable
workaround.
Category C A minor error that is not expected to occur under normal
operation.
========== ========================================================
For more information, consult one of the "Software Developers Errata
Notice" documents available on infocenter.arm.com (registration
required).
As far as Linux is concerned, Category B errata may require some special
treatment in the operating system. For example, avoiding a particular
sequence of code, or configuring the processor in a particular way. A
less common situation may require similar actions in order to declassify
a Category A erratum into a Category C erratum. These are collectively
known as "software workarounds" and are only required in the minority of
cases (e.g. those cases that both require a non-secure workaround *and*
can be triggered by Linux).
For software workarounds that may adversely impact systems unaffected by
the erratum in question, a Kconfig entry is added under "Kernel
Features" -> "ARM errata workarounds via the alternatives framework".
With the exception of workarounds for errata deemed "rare" by Arm, these
are enabled by default and patched in at runtime when an affected CPU is
detected. For less-intrusive workarounds, a Kconfig option is not
available and the code is structured (preferably with a comment) in such
a way that the erratum will not be hit.
This approach can make it slightly onerous to determine exactly which
errata are worked around in an arbitrary kernel source tree, so this
file acts as a registry of software workarounds in the Linux Kernel and
will be updated when new workarounds are committed and backported to
stable kernels.
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Implementor | Component | Erratum ID | Kconfig |
+================+=================+=================+=============================+
| Allwinner | A64/R18 | UNKNOWN1 | SUN50I_ERRATUM_UNKNOWN1 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Ampere | AmpereOne | AC03_CPU_38 | AMPERE_ERRATUM_AC03_CPU_38 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Ampere | AmpereOne | AC03_CPU_57 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Ampere | AmpereOne AC04 | AC04_CPU_10 | AMPERE_ERRATUM_AC03_CPU_38 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Ampere | AmpereOne AC04 | AC04_CPU_23 | AMPERE_ERRATUM_AC04_CPU_23 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Ampere | AmpereOne AC04 | AC04_CPU_29 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2457168 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2457168 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2064142 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2064142 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2038923 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2038923 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #1902691 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1902691 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2051678 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2051678 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2077057 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2077057 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2441009 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2441009 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #2658417 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2658417 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A510 | #3117295 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3117295 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A520 | #2966298 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2966298 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #826319 | ARM64_ERRATUM_826319 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #827319 | ARM64_ERRATUM_827319 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #824069 | ARM64_ERRATUM_824069 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #819472 | ARM64_ERRATUM_819472 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #845719 | ARM64_ERRATUM_845719 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A53 | #843419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_843419 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A55 | #1024718 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A55 | #1530923 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1530923 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A55 | #2441007 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2441007 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #832075 | ARM64_ERRATUM_832075 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #852523 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #1319537 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1319367 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #1742098 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1742098 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A72 | #853709 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A72 | #1319367 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1319367 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A72 | #1655431 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1742098 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A73 | #858921 | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1188873, | ARM64_ERRATUM_1418040 |
| | | #1418040 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1165522 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1165522 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1286807 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1286807 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1463225 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1463225 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #1490853 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #3324349 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76 | #4193800 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A76AE | #4193801 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A77 | #1491015 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A77 | #1508412 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1508412 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A77 | #3324348 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A77 | #4193798 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A78 | #3324344 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A78 | #4193791 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A78AE | #4193793 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A78C | #3324346, | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
| | | #3324347 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A78C | #4193794 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A710 | #2119858 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2119858 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A710 | #2054223 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2054223 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A710 | #2224489 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2224489 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A710 | #3324338 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A710 | #4193788 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A715 | #2645198 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2645198 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A715 | #3456084 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A720 | #3456091 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-A725 | #3456106 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X1 | #1502854 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X1 | #3324344 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X1 | #4193791 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X1C | #3324346 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X1C | #4193792 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X2 | #2119858 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2119858 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X2 | #2224489 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2224489 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X2 | #3324338 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X2 | #4193788 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X3 | #3324335 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X3 | #4193786 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X4 | #3194386 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X4 | #4118414 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X925 | #3324334 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Cortex-X925 | #4193781 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1188873, | ARM64_ERRATUM_1418040 |
| | | #1418040 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1349291, | N/A |
| | | #1490853 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #1542419 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1542419 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #3324349 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N1 | #4193800 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #2139208 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2139208 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #2067961 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2067961 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #2253138 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2253138 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #3324339 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N2 | #4193789 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-N3 | #3456111 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V1 | #1619801 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V1 | #3324341 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V1 | #4193790 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V2 | #3324336 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V2 | #4193787 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V3 | #3312417 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V3 | #4193784 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V3AE | #3312417 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | Neoverse-V3AE | #4193784 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | C1-Premium | #4193780 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | C1-Pro | #4193714 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4193714 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | C1-Ultra | #4193780 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU-500 | #562869, | ARM_SMMU_MMU_500_CPRE_ERRATA|
| | | #841119, | |
| | | #826419, | |
| | | #1047329 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU-600 | #1076982, | N/A |
| | | #1209401 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU-700 | #2133013, | N/A |
| | | #2268618, | |
| | | #2812531, | |
| | | #3777127 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU L1 | #3878312 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | MMU S3 | #3995052 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | GIC-700 | #2941627 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2941627 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | SI L1 | #4311569 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4311569 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ARM | CMN-650 | #3642720 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Broadcom | Brahma-B53 | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_845719 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Broadcom | Brahma-B53 | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_843419 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 |
| | | #24313 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #23144 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23144 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX GICv3 | #23154, | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_23154 |
| | | #38545 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX GICv3 | #38539 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX Core | #27456 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_27456 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX Core | #30115 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_30115 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX SMMUv2 | #27704 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX2 SMMUv3| #74, | N/A |
| | | #126 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Cavium | ThunderX2 Core | #219 | CAVIUM_TX2_ERRATUM_219 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Marvell | ARM-MMU-500 | #582743 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| NVIDIA | Carmel Core | N/A | NVIDIA_CARMEL_CNP_ERRATUM |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| NVIDIA | Olympus core | T410-OLY-1029 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| NVIDIA | T241 GICv3/4.x | T241-FABRIC-4 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| NVIDIA | T241 MPAM | T241-MPAM-1, | N/A |
| | | T241-MPAM-4, | |
| | | T241-MPAM-6 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Freescale/NXP | LS2080A/LS1043A | A-008585 | FSL_ERRATUM_A008585 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip0{5,6,7} | #161010101 | HISILICON_ERRATUM_161010101 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip0{6,7} | #161010701, | N/A |
| | | #161010803 | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip07 | #161600802 | HISILICON_ERRATUM_161600802 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip08 SMMU PMCG | #162001800 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip{08,09,09A,10| #162001900 | N/A |
| | ,10C,11} | | |
| | SMMU PMCG | | |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip09 | #162100801 | HISILICON_ERRATUM_162100801 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Hisilicon | Hip09 | #162100125 | HISILICON_ERRATUM_162100125 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1 | E1003 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1003 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1 | E1009 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | QDF2400 ITS | E0065 | QCOM_QDF2400_ERRATUM_0065 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v{1,2} | E1041 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1041 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo4xx Gold | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_1463225 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo4xx Gold | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_1418040 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo4xx Silver | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_1530923 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo4xx Silver | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo4xx Gold | N/A | ARM64_ERRATUM_1286807 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Rockchip | RK3588 | #3588001 | ROCKCHIP_ERRATUM_3588001 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Rockchip | RK3568 | #3568002 | ROCKCHIP_ERRATUM_3568002 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Fujitsu | A64FX | E#010001 | FUJITSU_ERRATUM_010001 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| ASR | ASR8601 | #8601001 | N/A |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Microsoft | Azure Cobalt 100| #2139208 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2139208 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Microsoft | Azure Cobalt 100| #2067961 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2067961 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Microsoft | Azure Cobalt 100| #2253138 | ARM64_ERRATUM_2253138 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Microsoft | Azure Cobalt 100| #3324339 | ARM64_ERRATUM_3194386 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
| Microsoft | Azure Cobalt 100| #4193789 | ARM64_ERRATUM_4118414 |
+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
===================================================
Scalable Matrix Extension support for AArch64 Linux
===================================================
This document outlines briefly the interface provided to userspace by Linux in
order to support use of the ARM Scalable Matrix Extension (SME).
This is an outline of the most important features and issues only and not
intended to be exhaustive. It should be read in conjunction with the SVE
documentation in sve.rst which provides details on the Streaming SVE mode
included in SME.
This document does not aim to describe the SME architecture or programmer's
model. To aid understanding, a minimal description of relevant programmer's
model features for SME is included in Appendix A.
1. General
-----------
* PSTATE.SM, PSTATE.ZA, the streaming mode vector length, the ZA and (when
present) ZTn register state and TPIDR2_EL0 are tracked per thread.
* The presence of SME is reported to userspace via HWCAP2_SME in the aux vector
AT_HWCAP2 entry. Presence of this flag implies the presence of the SME
instructions and registers, and the Linux-specific system interfaces
described in this document. SME is reported in /proc/cpuinfo as "sme".
* The presence of SME2 is reported to userspace via HWCAP2_SME2 in the
aux vector AT_HWCAP2 entry. Presence of this flag implies the presence of
the SME2 instructions and ZT0, and the Linux-specific system interfaces
described in this document. SME2 is reported in /proc/cpuinfo as "sme2".
* Support for the execution of SME instructions in userspace can also be
detected by reading the CPU ID register ID_AA64PFR1_EL1 using an MRS
instruction, and checking that the value of the SME field is nonzero. [3]
It does not guarantee the presence of the system interfaces described in the
following sections: software that needs to verify that those interfaces are
present must check for HWCAP2_SME instead.
* There are a number of optional SME features, presence of these is reported
through AT_HWCAP2 through:
HWCAP2_SME_I16I64
HWCAP2_SME_F64F64
HWCAP2_SME_I8I32
HWCAP2_SME_F16F32
HWCAP2_SME_B16F32
HWCAP2_SME_F32F32
HWCAP2_SME_FA64
HWCAP2_SME2
This list may be extended over time as the SME architecture evolves.
These extensions are also reported via the CPU ID register ID_AA64SMFR0_EL1,
which userspace can read using an MRS instruction. See elf_hwcaps.txt and
cpu-feature-registers.txt for details.
* Debuggers should restrict themselves to interacting with the target via the
NT_ARM_SVE, NT_ARM_SSVE, NT_ARM_ZA and NT_ARM_ZT regsets. The recommended
way of detecting support for these regsets is to connect to a target process
first and then attempt a
ptrace(PTRACE_GETREGSET, pid, NT_ARM_<regset>, &iov).
* Whenever ZA register values are exchanged in memory between userspace and
the kernel, the register value is encoded in memory as a series of horizontal
vectors from 0 to VL/8-1 stored in the same endianness invariant format as is
used for SVE vectors.
* On thread creation PSTATE.ZA and TPIDR2_EL0 are preserved unless CLONE_VM
is specified, in which case PSTATE.ZA is set to 0 and TPIDR2_EL0 is set to 0.
2. Vector lengths
------------------
SME defines a second vector length similar to the SVE vector length which
controls the size of the streaming mode SVE vectors and the ZA matrix array.
The ZA matrix is square with each side having as many bytes as a streaming
mode SVE vector.
3. System call behaviour
-------------------------
* On syscall PSTATE.ZA is preserved, if PSTATE.ZA==1 then the contents of the
ZA matrix and ZTn (if present) are preserved.
* On syscall PSTATE.SM will be cleared and the SVE registers will be handled
as per the standard SVE ABI.
* None of the SVE registers, ZA or ZTn are used to pass arguments to
or receive results from any syscall.
* On process creation (eg, clone()) the newly created process will have
PSTATE.SM cleared.
* All other SME state of a thread, including the currently configured vector
length, the state of the PR_SME_VL_INHERIT flag, and the deferred vector
length (if any), is preserved across all syscalls, subject to the specific
exceptions for execve() described in section 6.
4. Signal handling
-------------------
* Signal handlers are invoked with PSTATE.SM=0, PSTATE.ZA=0, and TPIDR2_EL0=0.
* A new signal frame record TPIDR2_MAGIC is added formatted as a struct
tpidr2_context to allow access to TPIDR2_EL0 from signal handlers.
* A new signal frame record za_context encodes the ZA register contents on
signal delivery. [1]
* The signal frame record for ZA always contains basic metadata, in particular
the thread's vector length (in za_context.vl).
* The ZA matrix may or may not be included in the record, depending on
the value of PSTATE.ZA. The registers are present if and only if:
za_context.head.size >= ZA_SIG_CONTEXT_SIZE(sve_vq_from_vl(za_context.vl))
in which case PSTATE.ZA == 1.
* If matrix data is present, the remainder of the record has a vl-dependent
size and layout. Macros ZA_SIG_* are defined [1] to facilitate access to
them.
* The matrix is stored as a series of horizontal vectors in the same format as
is used for SVE vectors.
* If the ZA context is too big to fit in sigcontext.__reserved[], then extra
space is allocated on the stack, an extra_context record is written in
__reserved[] referencing this space. za_context is then written in the
extra space. Refer to [1] for further details about this mechanism.
* If ZTn is supported and PSTATE.ZA==1 then a signal frame record for ZTn will
be generated.
* The signal record for ZTn has magic ZT_MAGIC (0x5a544e01) and consists of a
standard signal frame header followed by a struct zt_context specifying
the number of ZTn registers supported by the system, then zt_context.nregs
blocks of 64 bytes of data per register.
5. Signal return
-----------------
When returning from a signal handler:
* If there is no za_context record in the signal frame, or if the record is
present but contains no register data as described in the previous section,
then ZA is disabled.
* If za_context is present in the signal frame and contains matrix data then
PSTATE.ZA is set to 1 and ZA is populated with the specified data.
* The vector length cannot be changed via signal return. If za_context.vl in
the signal frame does not match the current vector length, the signal return
attempt is treated as illegal, resulting in a forced SIGSEGV.
* If ZTn is not supported or PSTATE.ZA==0 then it is illegal to have a
signal frame record for ZTn, resulting in a forced SIGSEGV.
6. prctl extensions
--------------------
Some new prctl() calls are added to allow programs to manage the SME vector
length:
prctl(PR_SME_SET_VL, unsigned long arg)
Sets the vector length of the calling thread and related flags, where
arg == vl | flags. Other threads of the calling process are unaffected.
vl is the desired vector length, where sve_vl_valid(vl) must be true.
flags:
PR_SME_VL_INHERIT
Inherit the current vector length across execve(). Otherwise, the
vector length is reset to the system default at execve(). (See
Section 9.)
PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC
Defer the requested vector length change until the next execve()
performed by this thread.
The effect is equivalent to implicit execution of the following
call immediately after the next execve() (if any) by the thread:
prctl(PR_SME_SET_VL, arg & ~PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC)
This allows launching of a new program with a different vector
length, while avoiding runtime side effects in the caller.
Without PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC, the requested change takes effect
immediately.
Return value: a nonnegative on success, or a negative value on error:
EINVAL: SME not supported, invalid vector length requested, or
invalid flags.
On success:
* Either the calling thread's vector length or the deferred vector length
to be applied at the next execve() by the thread (dependent on whether
PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC is present in arg), is set to the largest value
supported by the system that is less than or equal to vl. If vl ==
SVE_VL_MAX, the value set will be the largest value supported by the
system.
* Any previously outstanding deferred vector length change in the calling
thread is cancelled.
* The returned value describes the resulting configuration, encoded as for
PR_SME_GET_VL. The vector length reported in this value is the new
current vector length for this thread if PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC was not
present in arg; otherwise, the reported vector length is the deferred
vector length that will be applied at the next execve() by the calling
thread.
* Changing the vector length causes all of ZA, ZTn, P0..P15, FFR and all
bits of Z0..Z31 except for Z0 bits [127:0] .. Z31 bits [127:0] to become
unspecified, including both streaming and non-streaming SVE state.
Calling PR_SME_SET_VL with vl equal to the thread's current vector
length, or calling PR_SME_SET_VL with the PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC flag,
does not constitute a change to the vector length for this purpose.
* Changing the vector length causes PSTATE.ZA to be cleared.
Calling PR_SME_SET_VL with vl equal to the thread's current vector
length, or calling PR_SME_SET_VL with the PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC flag,
does not constitute a change to the vector length for this purpose.
prctl(PR_SME_GET_VL)
Gets the vector length of the calling thread.
The following flag may be OR-ed into the result:
PR_SME_VL_INHERIT
Vector length will be inherited across execve().
There is no way to determine whether there is an outstanding deferred
vector length change (which would only normally be the case between a
fork() or vfork() and the corresponding execve() in typical use).
To extract the vector length from the result, bitwise and it with
PR_SME_VL_LEN_MASK.
Return value: a nonnegative value on success, or a negative value on error:
EINVAL: SME not supported.
7. ptrace extensions
---------------------
* A new regset NT_ARM_SSVE is defined for access to streaming mode SVE
state via PTRACE_GETREGSET and PTRACE_SETREGSET, this is documented in
sve.rst.
* A new regset NT_ARM_ZA is defined for ZA state for access to ZA state via
PTRACE_GETREGSET and PTRACE_SETREGSET.
Refer to [2] for definitions.
The regset data starts with struct user_za_header, containing:
size
Size of the complete regset, in bytes.
This depends on vl and possibly on other things in the future.
If a call to PTRACE_GETREGSET requests less data than the value of
size, the caller can allocate a larger buffer and retry in order to
read the complete regset.
max_size
Maximum size in bytes that the regset can grow to for the target
thread. The regset won't grow bigger than this even if the target
thread changes its vector length etc.
vl
Target thread's current streaming vector length, in bytes.
max_vl
Maximum possible streaming vector length for the target thread.
flags
Zero or more of the following flags, which have the same
meaning and behaviour as the corresponding PR_SET_VL_* flags:
SME_PT_VL_INHERIT
SME_PT_VL_ONEXEC (SETREGSET only).
* The effects of changing the vector length and/or flags are equivalent to
those documented for PR_SME_SET_VL.
The caller must make a further GETREGSET call if it needs to know what VL is
actually set by SETREGSET, unless is it known in advance that the requested
VL is supported.
* The size and layout of the payload depends on the header fields. The
ZA_PT_ZA*() macros are provided to facilitate access to the data.
* In either case, for SETREGSET it is permissible to omit the payload, in which
case the vector length and flags are changed and PSTATE.ZA is set to 0
(along with any consequences of those changes). If a payload is provided
then PSTATE.ZA will be set to 1.
* For SETREGSET, if the requested VL is not supported, the effect will be the
same as if the payload were omitted, except that an EIO error is reported.
No attempt is made to translate the payload data to the correct layout
for the vector length actually set. It is up to the caller to translate the
payload layout for the actual VL and retry.
* The effect of writing a partial, incomplete payload is unspecified.
* A new regset NT_ARM_ZT is defined for access to ZTn state via
PTRACE_GETREGSET and PTRACE_SETREGSET.
* The NT_ARM_ZT regset consists of a single 512 bit register.
* When PSTATE.ZA==0 reads of NT_ARM_ZT will report all bits of ZTn as 0.
* Writes to NT_ARM_ZT will set PSTATE.ZA to 1.
* If any register data is provided along with SME_PT_VL_ONEXEC then the
registers data will be interpreted with the current vector length, not
the vector length configured for use on exec.
8. ELF coredump extensions
---------------------------
* NT_ARM_SSVE notes will be added to each coredump for
each thread of the dumped process. The contents will be equivalent to the
data that would have been read if a PTRACE_GETREGSET of the corresponding
type were executed for each thread when the coredump was generated.
* A NT_ARM_ZA note will be added to each coredump for each thread of the
dumped process. The contents will be equivalent to the data that would have
been read if a PTRACE_GETREGSET of NT_ARM_ZA were executed for each thread
when the coredump was generated.
* A NT_ARM_ZT note will be added to each coredump for each thread of the
dumped process. The contents will be equivalent to the data that would have
been read if a PTRACE_GETREGSET of NT_ARM_ZT were executed for each thread
when the coredump was generated.
* The NT_ARM_TLS note will be extended to two registers, the second register
will contain TPIDR2_EL0 on systems that support SME and will be read as
zero with writes ignored otherwise.
9. System runtime configuration
--------------------------------
* To mitigate the ABI impact of expansion of the signal frame, a policy
mechanism is provided for administrators, distro maintainers and developers
to set the default vector length for userspace processes:
/proc/sys/abi/sme_default_vector_length
Writing the text representation of an integer to this file sets the system
default vector length to the specified value rounded to a supported value
using the same rules as for setting vector length via PR_SME_SET_VL.
The result can be determined by reopening the file and reading its
contents.
At boot, the default vector length is initially set to 32 or the maximum
supported vector length, whichever is smaller and supported. This
determines the initial vector length of the init process (PID 1).
Reading this file returns the current system default vector length.
* At every execve() call, the new vector length of the new process is set to
the system default vector length, unless
* PR_SME_VL_INHERIT (or equivalently SME_PT_VL_INHERIT) is set for the
calling thread, or
* a deferred vector length change is pending, established via the
PR_SME_SET_VL_ONEXEC flag (or SME_PT_VL_ONEXEC).
* Modifying the system default vector length does not affect the vector length
of any existing process or thread that does not make an execve() call.
Appendix A. SME programmer's model (informative)
=================================================
This section provides a minimal description of the additions made by SME to the
ARMv8-A programmer's model that are relevant to this document.
Note: This section is for information only and not intended to be complete or
to replace any architectural specification.
A.1. Registers
---------------
In A64 state, SME adds the following:
* A new mode, streaming mode, in which a subset of the normal FPSIMD and SVE
features are available. When supported EL0 software may enter and leave
streaming mode at any time.
For best system performance it is strongly encouraged for software to enable
streaming mode only when it is actively being used.
* A new vector length controlling the size of ZA and the Z registers when in
streaming mode, separately to the vector length used for SVE when not in
streaming mode. There is no requirement that either the currently selected
vector length or the set of vector lengths supported for the two modes in
a given system have any relationship. The streaming mode vector length
is referred to as SVL.
* A new ZA matrix register. This is a square matrix of SVLxSVL bits. Most
operations on ZA require that streaming mode be enabled but ZA can be
enabled without streaming mode in order to load, save and retain data.
For best system performance it is strongly encouraged for software to enable
ZA only when it is actively being used.
* A new ZT0 register is introduced when SME2 is present. This is a 512 bit
register which is accessible when PSTATE.ZA is set, as ZA itself is.
* Two new 1 bit fields in PSTATE which may be controlled via the SMSTART and
SMSTOP instructions or by access to the SVCR system register:
* PSTATE.ZA, if this is 1 then the ZA matrix is accessible and has valid
data while if it is 0 then ZA can not be accessed. When PSTATE.ZA is
changed from 0 to 1 all bits in ZA are cleared.
* PSTATE.SM, if this is 1 then the PE is in streaming mode. When the value
of PSTATE.SM is changed then it is implementation defined if the subset
of the floating point register bits valid in both modes may be retained.
Any other bits will be cleared.
References
==========
[1] arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/sigcontext.h
AArch64 Linux signal ABI definitions
[2] arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/ptrace.h
AArch64 Linux ptrace ABI definitions
[3] Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
===================================================
Scalable Vector Extension support for AArch64 Linux
===================================================
Author: Dave Martin <Dave.Martin@arm.com>
Date: 4 August 2017
This document outlines briefly the interface provided to userspace by Linux in
order to support use of the ARM Scalable Vector Extension (SVE), including
interactions with Streaming SVE mode added by the Scalable Matrix Extension
(SME).
This is an outline of the most important features and issues only and not
intended to be exhaustive.
This document does not aim to describe the SVE architecture or programmer's
model. To aid understanding, a minimal description of relevant programmer's
model features for SVE is included in Appendix A.
1. General
-----------
* SVE registers Z0..Z31, P0..P15 and FFR and the current vector length VL, are
tracked per-thread.
* In streaming mode FFR is not accessible unless HWCAP2_SME_FA64 is present
in the system, when it is not supported and these interfaces are used to
access streaming mode FFR is read and written as zero.
* The presence of SVE is reported to userspace via HWCAP_SVE in the aux vector
AT_HWCAP entry. Presence of this flag implies the presence of the SVE
instructions and registers, and the Linux-specific system interfaces
described in this document. SVE is reported in /proc/cpuinfo as "sve".
* Support for the execution of SVE instructions in userspace can also be
detected by reading the CPU ID register ID_AA64PFR0_EL1 using an MRS
instruction, and checking that the value of the SVE field is nonzero. [3]
It does not guarantee the presence of the system interfaces described in the
following sections: software that needs to verify that those interfaces are
present must check for HWCAP_SVE instead.
* On hardware that supports the SVE2 extensions, HWCAP2_SVE2 will also
be reported in the AT_HWCAP2 aux vector entry. In addition to this,
optional extensions to SVE2 may be reported by the presence of:
HWCAP2_SVE2
HWCAP2_SVEAES
HWCAP2_SVEPMULL
HWCAP2_SVEBITPERM
HWCAP2_SVESHA3
HWCAP2_SVESM4
HWCAP2_SVE2P1
This list may be extended over time as the SVE architecture evolves.
These extensions are also reported via the CPU ID register ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1,
which userspace can read using an MRS instruction. See elf_hwcaps.txt and
cpu-feature-registers.txt for details.
* On hardware that supports the SME extensions, HWCAP2_SME will also be
reported in the AT_HWCAP2 aux vector entry. Among other things SME adds
streaming mode which provides a subset of the SVE feature set using a
separate SME vector length and the same Z/V registers. See sme.rst
for more details.
* Debuggers should restrict themselves to interacting with the target via the
NT_ARM_SVE regset. The recommended way of detecting support for this regset
is to connect to a target process first and then attempt a
ptrace(PTRACE_GETREGSET, pid, NT_ARM_SVE, &iov). Note that when SME is
present and streaming SVE mode is in use the FPSIMD subset of registers
will be read via NT_ARM_SVE and NT_ARM_SVE writes will exit streaming mode
in the target.
* Whenever SVE scalable register values (Zn, Pn, FFR) are exchanged in memory
between userspace and the kernel, the register value is encoded in memory in
an endianness-invariant layout, with bits [(8 * i + 7) : (8 * i)] encoded at
byte offset i from the start of the memory representation. This affects for
example the signal frame (struct sve_context) and ptrace interface
(struct user_sve_header) and associated data.
Beware that on big-endian systems this results in a different byte order than
for the FPSIMD V-registers, which are stored as single host-endian 128-bit
values, with bits [(127 - 8 * i) : (120 - 8 * i)] of the register encoded at
byte offset i. (struct fpsimd_context, struct user_fpsimd_state).
2. Vector length terminology
-----------------------------
The size of an SVE vector (Z) register is referred to as the "vector length".
To avoid confusion about the units used to express vector length, the kernel
adopts the following conventions:
* Vector length (VL) = size of a Z-register in bytes
* Vector quadwords (VQ) = size of a Z-register in units of 128 bits
(So, VL = 16 * VQ.)
The VQ convention is used where the underlying granularity is important, such
as in data structure definitions. In most other situations, the VL convention
is used. This is consistent with the meaning of the "VL" pseudo-register in
the SVE instruction set architecture.
3. System call behaviour
-------------------------
* On syscall, V0..V31 are preserved (as without SVE). Thus, bits [127:0] of
Z0..Z31 are preserved. All other bits of Z0..Z31, and all of P0..P15 and FFR
become zero on return from a syscall.
* The SVE registers are not used to pass arguments to or receive results from
any syscall.
* All other SVE state of a thread, including the currently configured vector
length, the state of the PR_SVE_VL_INHERIT flag, and the deferred vector
length (if any), is preserved across all syscalls, subject to the specific
exceptions for execve() described in section 6.
In particular, on return from a fork() or clone(), the parent and new child
process or thread share identical SVE configuration, matching that of the
parent before the call.
4. Signal handling
-------------------
* A new signal frame record sve_context encodes the SVE registers on signal
delivery. [1]
* This record is supplementary to fpsimd_context. The FPSR and FPCR registers
are only present in fpsimd_context. For convenience, the content of V0..V31
is duplicated between sve_context and fpsimd_context.
* The record contains a flag field which includes a flag SVE_SIG_FLAG_SM which
if set indicates that the thread is in streaming mode and the vector length
and register data (if present) describe the streaming SVE data and vector
length.
* The signal frame record for SVE always contains basic metadata, in particular
the thread's vector length (in sve_context.vl).
* The SVE registers may or may not be included in the record, depending on
whether the registers are live for the thread. The registers are present if
and only if:
sve_context.head.size >= SVE_SIG_CONTEXT_SIZE(sve_vq_from_vl(sve_context.vl)).
* If the registers are present, the remainder of the record has a vl-dependent
size and layout. Macros SVE_SIG_* are defined [1] to facilitate access to
the members.
* Each scalable register (Zn, Pn, FFR) is stored in an endianness-invariant
layout, with bits [(8 * i + 7) : (8 * i)] stored at byte offset i from the
start of the register's representation in memory.
* If the SVE context is too big to fit in sigcontext.__reserved[], then extra
space is allocated on the stack, an extra_context record is written in
__reserved[] referencing this space. sve_context is then written in the
extra space. Refer to [1] for further details about this mechanism.
5. Signal return
-----------------
When returning from a signal handler:
* If there is no sve_context record in the signal frame, or if the record is
present but contains no register data as described in the previous section,
then the SVE registers/bits become non-live and take unspecified values.
* If sve_context is present in the signal frame and contains full register
data, the SVE registers become live and are populated with the specified
data. However, for backward compatibility reasons, bits [127:0] of Z0..Z31
are always restored from the corresponding members of fpsimd_context.vregs[]
and not from sve_context. The remaining bits are restored from sve_context.
* Inclusion of fpsimd_context in the signal frame remains mandatory,
irrespective of whether sve_context is present or not.
* The vector length cannot be changed via signal return. If sve_context.vl in
the signal frame does not match the current vector length, the signal return
attempt is treated as illegal, resulting in a forced SIGSEGV.
* It is permitted to enter or leave streaming mode by setting or clearing
the SVE_SIG_FLAG_SM flag but applications should take care to ensure that
when doing so sve_context.vl and any register data are appropriate for the
vector length in the new mode.
6. prctl extensions
--------------------
Some new prctl() calls are added to allow programs to manage the SVE vector
length:
prctl(PR_SVE_SET_VL, unsigned long arg)
Sets the vector length of the calling thread and related flags, where
arg == vl | flags. Other threads of the calling process are unaffected.
vl is the desired vector length, where sve_vl_valid(vl) must be true.
flags:
PR_SVE_VL_INHERIT
Inherit the current vector length across execve(). Otherwise, the
vector length is reset to the system default at execve(). (See
Section 9.)
PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC
Defer the requested vector length change until the next execve()
performed by this thread.
The effect is equivalent to implicit execution of the following
call immediately after the next execve() (if any) by the thread:
prctl(PR_SVE_SET_VL, arg & ~PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC)
This allows launching of a new program with a different vector
length, while avoiding runtime side effects in the caller.
Without PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC, the requested change takes effect
immediately.
Return value: a nonnegative on success, or a negative value on error:
EINVAL: SVE not supported, invalid vector length requested, or
invalid flags.
On success:
* Either the calling thread's vector length or the deferred vector length
to be applied at the next execve() by the thread (dependent on whether
PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC is present in arg), is set to the largest value
supported by the system that is less than or equal to vl. If vl ==
SVE_VL_MAX, the value set will be the largest value supported by the
system.
* Any previously outstanding deferred vector length change in the calling
thread is cancelled.
* The returned value describes the resulting configuration, encoded as for
PR_SVE_GET_VL. The vector length reported in this value is the new
current vector length for this thread if PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC was not
present in arg; otherwise, the reported vector length is the deferred
vector length that will be applied at the next execve() by the calling
thread.
* Changing the vector length causes all of P0..P15, FFR and all bits of
Z0..Z31 except for Z0 bits [127:0] .. Z31 bits [127:0] to become
unspecified. Calling PR_SVE_SET_VL with vl equal to the thread's current
vector length, or calling PR_SVE_SET_VL with the PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC
flag, does not constitute a change to the vector length for this purpose.
prctl(PR_SVE_GET_VL)
Gets the vector length of the calling thread.
The following flag may be OR-ed into the result:
PR_SVE_VL_INHERIT
Vector length will be inherited across execve().
There is no way to determine whether there is an outstanding deferred
vector length change (which would only normally be the case between a
fork() or vfork() and the corresponding execve() in typical use).
To extract the vector length from the result, bitwise and it with
PR_SVE_VL_LEN_MASK.
Return value: a nonnegative value on success, or a negative value on error:
EINVAL: SVE not supported.
7. ptrace extensions
---------------------
* New regsets NT_ARM_SVE and NT_ARM_SSVE are defined for use with
PTRACE_GETREGSET and PTRACE_SETREGSET. NT_ARM_SSVE describes the
streaming mode SVE registers and NT_ARM_SVE describes the
non-streaming mode SVE registers.
In this description a register set is referred to as being "live" when
the target is in the appropriate streaming or non-streaming mode and is
using data beyond the subset shared with the FPSIMD Vn registers.
Refer to [2] for definitions.
The regset data starts with struct user_sve_header, containing:
size
Size of the complete regset, in bytes.
This depends on vl and possibly on other things in the future.
If a call to PTRACE_GETREGSET requests less data than the value of
size, the caller can allocate a larger buffer and retry in order to
read the complete regset.
max_size
Maximum size in bytes that the regset can grow to for the target
thread. The regset won't grow bigger than this even if the target
thread changes its vector length etc.
vl
Target thread's current vector length, in bytes.
max_vl
Maximum possible vector length for the target thread.
flags
at most one of
SVE_PT_REGS_FPSIMD
SVE registers are not live (GETREGSET) or are to be made
non-live (SETREGSET).
The payload is of type struct user_fpsimd_state, with the same
meaning as for NT_PRFPREG, starting at offset
SVE_PT_FPSIMD_OFFSET from the start of user_sve_header.
Extra data might be appended in the future: the size of the
payload should be obtained using SVE_PT_FPSIMD_SIZE(vq, flags).
vq should be obtained using sve_vq_from_vl(vl).
or
SVE_PT_REGS_SVE
SVE registers are live (GETREGSET) or are to be made live
(SETREGSET).
The payload contains the SVE register data, starting at offset
SVE_PT_SVE_OFFSET from the start of user_sve_header, and with
size SVE_PT_SVE_SIZE(vq, flags);
... OR-ed with zero or more of the following flags, which have the same
meaning and behaviour as the corresponding PR_SET_VL_* flags:
SVE_PT_VL_INHERIT
SVE_PT_VL_ONEXEC (SETREGSET only).
If neither FPSIMD nor SVE flags are provided then no register
payload is available, this is only possible when SME is implemented.
* The effects of changing the vector length and/or flags are equivalent to
those documented for PR_SVE_SET_VL.
The caller must make a further GETREGSET call if it needs to know what VL is
actually set by SETREGSET, unless is it known in advance that the requested
VL is supported.
* In the SVE_PT_REGS_SVE case, the size and layout of the payload depends on
the header fields. The SVE_PT_SVE_*() macros are provided to facilitate
access to the members.
* In either case, for SETREGSET it is permissible to omit the payload, in which
case only the vector length and flags are changed (along with any
consequences of those changes).
* In systems supporting SME when in streaming mode a GETREGSET for
NT_REG_SVE will return only the user_sve_header with no register data,
similarly a GETREGSET for NT_REG_SSVE will not return any register data
when not in streaming mode.
* A GETREGSET for NT_ARM_SSVE will never return SVE_PT_REGS_FPSIMD.
* For SETREGSET, if an SVE_PT_REGS_SVE payload is present and the
requested VL is not supported, the effect will be the same as if the
payload were omitted, except that an EIO error is reported. No
attempt is made to translate the payload data to the correct layout
for the vector length actually set. The thread's FPSIMD state is
preserved, but the remaining bits of the SVE registers become
unspecified. It is up to the caller to translate the payload layout
for the actual VL and retry.
* Where SME is implemented it is not possible to GETREGSET the register
state for normal SVE when in streaming mode, nor the streaming mode
register state when in normal mode, regardless of the implementation defined
behaviour of the hardware for sharing data between the two modes.
* Any SETREGSET of NT_ARM_SVE will exit streaming mode if the target was in
streaming mode and any SETREGSET of NT_ARM_SSVE will enter streaming mode
if the target was not in streaming mode.
* On systems that do not support SVE it is permitted to use SETREGSET to
write SVE_PT_REGS_FPSIMD formatted data via NT_ARM_SVE, in this case the
vector length should be specified as 0. This allows streaming mode to be
disabled on systems with SME but not SVE.
* If any register data is provided along with SVE_PT_VL_ONEXEC then the
registers data will be interpreted with the current vector length, not
the vector length configured for use on exec.
* The effect of writing a partial, incomplete payload is unspecified.
8. ELF coredump extensions
---------------------------
* NT_ARM_SVE and NT_ARM_SSVE notes will be added to each coredump for
each thread of the dumped process. The contents will be equivalent to the
data that would have been read if a PTRACE_GETREGSET of the corresponding
type were executed for each thread when the coredump was generated.
9. System runtime configuration
--------------------------------
* To mitigate the ABI impact of expansion of the signal frame, a policy
mechanism is provided for administrators, distro maintainers and developers
to set the default vector length for userspace processes:
/proc/sys/abi/sve_default_vector_length
Writing the text representation of an integer to this file sets the system
default vector length to the specified value rounded to a supported value
using the same rules as for setting vector length via PR_SVE_SET_VL.
The result can be determined by reopening the file and reading its
contents.
At boot, the default vector length is initially set to 64 or the maximum
supported vector length, whichever is smaller. This determines the initial
vector length of the init process (PID 1).
Reading this file returns the current system default vector length.
* At every execve() call, the new vector length of the new process is set to
the system default vector length, unless
* PR_SVE_VL_INHERIT (or equivalently SVE_PT_VL_INHERIT) is set for the
calling thread, or
* a deferred vector length change is pending, established via the
PR_SVE_SET_VL_ONEXEC flag (or SVE_PT_VL_ONEXEC).
* Modifying the system default vector length does not affect the vector length
of any existing process or thread that does not make an execve() call.
10. Perf extensions
--------------------------------
* The arm64 specific DWARF standard [5] added the VG (Vector Granule) register
at index 46. This register is used for DWARF unwinding when variable length
SVE registers are pushed onto the stack.
* Its value is equivalent to the current SVE vector length (VL) in bits divided
by 64.
* The value is included in Perf samples in the regs[46] field if
PERF_SAMPLE_REGS_USER is set and the sample_regs_user mask has bit 46 set.
* The value is the current value at the time the sample was taken, and it can
change over time.
* If the system doesn't support SVE when perf_event_open is called with these
settings, the event will fail to open.
Appendix A. SVE programmer's model (informative)
=================================================
This section provides a minimal description of the additions made by SVE to the
ARMv8-A programmer's model that are relevant to this document.
Note: This section is for information only and not intended to be complete or
to replace any architectural specification.
A.1. Registers
---------------
In A64 state, SVE adds the following:
* 32 8VL-bit vector registers Z0..Z31
For each Zn, Zn bits [127:0] alias the ARMv8-A vector register Vn.
A register write using a Vn register name zeros all bits of the corresponding
Zn except for bits [127:0].
* 16 VL-bit predicate registers P0..P15
* 1 VL-bit special-purpose predicate register FFR (the "first-fault register")
* a VL "pseudo-register" that determines the size of each vector register
The SVE instruction set architecture provides no way to write VL directly.
Instead, it can be modified only by EL1 and above, by writing appropriate
system registers.
* The value of VL can be configured at runtime by EL1 and above:
16 <= VL <= VLmax, where VL must be a multiple of 16.
* The maximum vector length is determined by the hardware:
16 <= VLmax <= 256.
(The SVE architecture specifies 256, but permits future architecture
revisions to raise this limit.)
* FPSR and FPCR are retained from ARMv8-A, and interact with SVE floating-point
operations in a similar way to the way in which they interact with ARMv8
floating-point operations::
8VL-1 128 0 bit index
+---- //// -----------------+
Z0 | : V0 |
: :
Z7 | : V7 |
Z8 | : * V8 |
: : :
Z15 | : *V15 |
Z16 | : V16 |
: :
Z31 | : V31 |
+---- //// -----------------+
31 0
VL-1 0 +-------+
+---- //// --+ FPSR | |
P0 | | +-------+
: | | *FPCR | |
P15 | | +-------+
+---- //// --+
FFR | | +-----+
+---- //// --+ VL | |
+-----+
(*) callee-save:
This only applies to bits [63:0] of Z-/V-registers.
FPCR contains callee-save and caller-save bits. See [4] for details.
A.2. Procedure call standard
-----------------------------
The ARMv8-A base procedure call standard is extended as follows with respect to
the additional SVE register state:
* All SVE register bits that are not shared with FP/SIMD are caller-save.
* Z8 bits [63:0] .. Z15 bits [63:0] are callee-save.
This follows from the way these bits are mapped to V8..V15, which are caller-
save in the base procedure call standard.
Appendix B. ARMv8-A FP/SIMD programmer's model
===============================================
Note: This section is for information only and not intended to be complete or
to replace any architectural specification.
Refer to [4] for more information.
ARMv8-A defines the following floating-point / SIMD register state:
* 32 128-bit vector registers V0..V31
* 2 32-bit status/control registers FPSR, FPCR
::
127 0 bit index
+---------------+
V0 | |
: : :
V7 | |
* V8 | |
: : : :
*V15 | |
V16 | |
: : :
V31 | |
+---------------+
31 0
+-------+
FPSR | |
+-------+
*FPCR | |
+-------+
(*) callee-save:
This only applies to bits [63:0] of V-registers.
FPCR contains a mixture of callee-save and caller-save bits.
References
==========
[1] arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/sigcontext.h
AArch64 Linux signal ABI definitions
[2] arch/arm64/include/uapi/asm/ptrace.h
AArch64 Linux ptrace ABI definitions
[3] Documentation/arch/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.rst
[4] ARM IHI0055C
http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0055c/IHI0055C_beta_aapcs64.pdf
http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.subset.swdev.abi/index.html
Procedure Call Standard for the ARM 64-bit Architecture (AArch64)
[5] https://github.com/ARM-software/abi-aa/blob/main/aadwarf64/aadwarf64.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
==========================
AArch64 TAGGED ADDRESS ABI
==========================
Authors: Vincenzo Frascino <vincenzo.frascino@arm.com>
Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Date: 21 August 2019
This document describes the usage and semantics of the Tagged Address
ABI on AArch64 Linux.
1. Introduction
---------------
On AArch64 the ``TCR_EL1.TBI0`` bit is set by default, allowing
userspace (EL0) to perform memory accesses through 64-bit pointers with
a non-zero top byte. This document describes the relaxation of the
syscall ABI that allows userspace to pass certain tagged pointers to
kernel syscalls.
2. AArch64 Tagged Address ABI
-----------------------------
From the kernel syscall interface perspective and for the purposes of
this document, a "valid tagged pointer" is a pointer with a potentially
non-zero top-byte that references an address in the user process address
space obtained in one of the following ways:
- ``mmap()`` syscall where either:
- flags have the ``MAP_ANONYMOUS`` bit set or
- the file descriptor refers to a regular file (including those
returned by ``memfd_create()``) or ``/dev/zero``
- ``brk()`` syscall (i.e. the heap area between the initial location of
the program break at process creation and its current location).
- any memory mapped by the kernel in the address space of the process
during creation and with the same restrictions as for ``mmap()`` above
(e.g. data, bss, stack).
The AArch64 Tagged Address ABI has two stages of relaxation depending on
how the user addresses are used by the kernel:
1. User addresses not accessed by the kernel but used for address space
management (e.g. ``mprotect()``, ``madvise()``). The use of valid
tagged pointers in this context is allowed with these exceptions:
- ``brk()``, ``mmap()`` and the ``new_address`` argument to
``mremap()`` as these have the potential to alias with existing
user addresses.
NOTE: This behaviour changed in v5.6 and so some earlier kernels may
incorrectly accept valid tagged pointers for the ``brk()``,
``mmap()`` and ``mremap()`` system calls.
- The ``range.start``, ``start`` and ``dst`` arguments to the
``UFFDIO_*`` ``ioctl()``s used on a file descriptor obtained from
``userfaultfd()``, as fault addresses subsequently obtained by reading
the file descriptor will be untagged, which may otherwise confuse
tag-unaware programs.
NOTE: This behaviour changed in v5.14 and so some earlier kernels may
incorrectly accept valid tagged pointers for this system call.
2. User addresses accessed by the kernel (e.g. ``write()``). This ABI
relaxation is disabled by default and the application thread needs to
explicitly enable it via ``prctl()`` as follows:
- ``PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL``: enable or disable the AArch64 Tagged
Address ABI for the calling thread.
The ``(unsigned int) arg2`` argument is a bit mask describing the
control mode used:
- ``PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE``: enable AArch64 Tagged Address ABI.
Default status is disabled.
Arguments ``arg3``, ``arg4``, and ``arg5`` must be 0.
- ``PR_GET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL``: get the status of the AArch64 Tagged
Address ABI for the calling thread.
Arguments ``arg2``, ``arg3``, ``arg4``, and ``arg5`` must be 0.
The ABI properties described above are thread-scoped, inherited on
clone() and fork() and cleared on exec().
Calling ``prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0)``
returns ``-EINVAL`` if the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is globally
disabled by ``sysctl abi.tagged_addr_disabled=1``. The default
``sysctl abi.tagged_addr_disabled`` configuration is 0.
When the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is enabled for a thread, the
following behaviours are guaranteed:
- All syscalls except the cases mentioned in section 3 can accept any
valid tagged pointer.
- The syscall behaviour is undefined for invalid tagged pointers: it may
result in an error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised,
or other modes of failure.
- The syscall behaviour for a valid tagged pointer is the same as for
the corresponding untagged pointer.
A definition of the meaning of tagged pointers on AArch64 can be found
in Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-pointers.rst.
3. AArch64 Tagged Address ABI Exceptions
-----------------------------------------
The following system call parameters must be untagged regardless of the
ABI relaxation:
- ``prctl()`` other than pointers to user data either passed directly or
indirectly as arguments to be accessed by the kernel.
- ``ioctl()`` other than pointers to user data either passed directly or
indirectly as arguments to be accessed by the kernel.
- ``shmat()`` and ``shmdt()``.
- ``brk()`` (since kernel v5.6).
- ``mmap()`` (since kernel v5.6).
- ``mremap()``, the ``new_address`` argument (since kernel v5.6).
Any attempt to use non-zero tagged pointers may result in an error code
being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised, or other modes of
failure.
4. Example of correct usage
---------------------------
.. code-block:: c
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/mman.h>
#include <sys/prctl.h>
#define PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL 55
#define PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE (1UL << 0)
#define TAG_SHIFT 56
int main(void)
{
int tbi_enabled = 0;
unsigned long tag = 0;
char *ptr;
/* check/enable the tagged address ABI */
if (!prctl(PR_SET_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL, PR_TAGGED_ADDR_ENABLE, 0, 0, 0))
tbi_enabled = 1;
/* memory allocation */
ptr = mmap(NULL, sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0);
if (ptr == MAP_FAILED)
return 1;
/* set a non-zero tag if the ABI is available */
if (tbi_enabled)
tag = rand() & 0xff;
ptr = (char *)((unsigned long)ptr | (tag << TAG_SHIFT));
/* memory access to a tagged address */
strcpy(ptr, "tagged pointer\n");
/* syscall with a tagged pointer */
write(1, ptr, strlen(ptr));
return 0;
}
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
=========================================
Tagged virtual addresses in AArch64 Linux
=========================================
Author: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Date : 12 June 2013
This document briefly describes the provision of tagged virtual
addresses in the AArch64 translation system and their potential uses
in AArch64 Linux.
The kernel configures the translation tables so that translations made
via TTBR0 (i.e. userspace mappings) have the top byte (bits 63:56) of
the virtual address ignored by the translation hardware. This frees up
this byte for application use.
Passing tagged addresses to the kernel
--------------------------------------
All interpretation of userspace memory addresses by the kernel assumes
an address tag of 0x00, unless the application enables the AArch64
Tagged Address ABI explicitly
(Documentation/arch/arm64/tagged-address-abi.rst).
This includes, but is not limited to, addresses found in:
- pointer arguments to system calls, including pointers in structures
passed to system calls,
- the stack pointer (sp), e.g. when interpreting it to deliver a
signal,
- the frame pointer (x29) and frame records, e.g. when interpreting
them to generate a backtrace or call graph.
Using non-zero address tags in any of these locations when the
userspace application did not enable the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI may
result in an error code being returned, a (fatal) signal being raised,
or other modes of failure.
For these reasons, when the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is disabled,
passing non-zero address tags to the kernel via system calls is
forbidden, and using a non-zero address tag for sp is strongly
discouraged.
Programs maintaining a frame pointer and frame records that use non-zero
address tags may suffer impaired or inaccurate debug and profiling
visibility.
Preserving tags
---------------
When delivering signals, non-zero tags are not preserved in
siginfo.si_addr unless the flag SA_EXPOSE_TAGBITS was set in
sigaction.sa_flags when the signal handler was installed. This means
that signal handlers in applications making use of tags cannot rely
on the tag information for user virtual addresses being maintained
in these fields unless the flag was set.
If FEAT_MTE_TAGGED_FAR (Armv8.9) is supported, bits 63:60 of the fault address
are preserved in response to synchronous tag check faults (SEGV_MTESERR)
otherwise not preserved even if SA_EXPOSE_TAGBITS was set.
Applications should interpret the values of these bits based on
the support for the HWCAP3_MTE_FAR. If the support is not present,
the values of these bits should be considered as undefined otherwise valid.
For signals raised in response to watchpoint debug exceptions, the
tag information will be preserved regardless of the SA_EXPOSE_TAGBITS
flag setting.
Non-zero tags are never preserved in sigcontext.fault_address
regardless of the SA_EXPOSE_TAGBITS flag setting.
The architecture prevents the use of a tagged PC, so the upper byte will
be set to a sign-extension of bit 55 on exception return.
This behaviour is maintained when the AArch64 Tagged Address ABI is
enabled.
Other considerations
--------------------
Special care should be taken when using tagged pointers, since it is
likely that C compilers will not hazard two virtual addresses differing
only in the upper byte.
+27
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
CPU Architectures
=================
These books provide programming details about architecture-specific
implementation.
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
arc/index
arm/index
arm64/index
loongarch/index
m68k/index
mips/index
nios2/index
openrisc/index
parisc/index
powerpc/index
riscv/index
s390/index
sh/index
sparc/index
x86/index
xtensa/index
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=======================
Booting Linux/LoongArch
=======================
:Author: Yanteng Si <siyanteng@loongson.cn>
:Date: 18 Nov 2022
Information passed from BootLoader to kernel
============================================
LoongArch supports ACPI and FDT. The information that needs to be passed
to the kernel includes the memmap, the initrd, the command line, optionally
the ACPI/FDT tables, and so on.
The kernel is passed the following arguments on `kernel_entry` :
- a0 = efi_boot: `efi_boot` is a flag indicating whether
this boot environment is fully UEFI-compliant.
- a1 = cmdline: `cmdline` is a pointer to the kernel command line.
- a2 = systemtable: `systemtable` points to the EFI system table.
All pointers involved at this stage are in physical addresses.
Header of Linux/LoongArch kernel images
=======================================
Linux/LoongArch kernel images are EFI images. Being PE files, they have
a 64-byte header structured like::
u32 MZ_MAGIC /* "MZ", MS-DOS header */
u32 res0 = 0 /* Reserved */
u64 kernel_entry /* Kernel entry point */
u64 _end - _text /* Kernel image effective size */
u64 load_offset /* Kernel image load offset from start of RAM */
u64 res1 = 0 /* Reserved */
u64 res2 = 0 /* Reserved */
u64 res3 = 0 /* Reserved */
u32 LINUX_PE_MAGIC /* Magic number */
u32 pe_header - _head /* Offset to the PE header */
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
.. kernel-feat:: features loongarch
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
======================
LoongArch Architecture
======================
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 2
:numbered:
introduction
booting
irq-chip-model
features
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=========================
Introduction to LoongArch
=========================
LoongArch is a new RISC ISA, which is a bit like MIPS or RISC-V. There are
currently 3 variants: a reduced 32-bit version (LA32R), a standard 32-bit
version (LA32S) and a 64-bit version (LA64). There are 4 privilege levels
(PLVs) defined in LoongArch: PLV0~PLV3, from high to low. Kernel runs at PLV0
while applications run at PLV3. This document introduces the registers, basic
instruction set, virtual memory and some other topics of LoongArch.
Registers
=========
LoongArch registers include general purpose registers (GPRs), floating point
registers (FPRs), vector registers (VRs) and control status registers (CSRs)
used in privileged mode (PLV0).
GPRs
----
LoongArch has 32 GPRs ( ``$r0`` ~ ``$r31`` ); each one is 32-bit wide in LA32
and 64-bit wide in LA64. ``$r0`` is hard-wired to zero, and the other registers
are not architecturally special. (Except ``$r1``, which is hard-wired as the
link register of the BL instruction.)
The kernel uses a variant of the LoongArch register convention, as described in
the LoongArch ELF psABI spec, in :ref:`References <loongarch-references>`:
================= =============== =================== ============
Name Alias Usage Preserved
across calls
================= =============== =================== ============
``$r0`` ``$zero`` Constant zero Unused
``$r1`` ``$ra`` Return address No
``$r2`` ``$tp`` TLS/Thread pointer Unused
``$r3`` ``$sp`` Stack pointer Yes
``$r4``-``$r11`` ``$a0``-``$a7`` Argument registers No
``$r4``-``$r5`` ``$v0``-``$v1`` Return value No
``$r12``-``$r20`` ``$t0``-``$t8`` Temp registers No
``$r21`` ``$u0`` Percpu base address Unused
``$r22`` ``$fp`` Frame pointer Yes
``$r23``-``$r31`` ``$s0``-``$s8`` Static registers Yes
================= =============== =================== ============
.. Note::
The register ``$r21`` is reserved in the ELF psABI, but used by the Linux
kernel for storing the percpu base address. It normally has no ABI name,
but is called ``$u0`` in the kernel. You may also see ``$v0`` or ``$v1``
in some old code,however they are deprecated aliases of ``$a0`` and ``$a1``
respectively.
FPRs
----
LoongArch has 32 FPRs ( ``$f0`` ~ ``$f31`` ) when FPU is present. Each one is
64-bit wide on the LA64 cores.
The floating-point register convention is the same as described in the
LoongArch ELF psABI spec:
================= ================== =================== ============
Name Alias Usage Preserved
across calls
================= ================== =================== ============
``$f0``-``$f7`` ``$fa0``-``$fa7`` Argument registers No
``$f0``-``$f1`` ``$fv0``-``$fv1`` Return value No
``$f8``-``$f23`` ``$ft0``-``$ft15`` Temp registers No
``$f24``-``$f31`` ``$fs0``-``$fs7`` Static registers Yes
================= ================== =================== ============
.. Note::
You may see ``$fv0`` or ``$fv1`` in some old code, however they are
deprecated aliases of ``$fa0`` and ``$fa1`` respectively.
VRs
----
There are currently 2 vector extensions to LoongArch:
- LSX (Loongson SIMD eXtension) with 128-bit vectors,
- LASX (Loongson Advanced SIMD eXtension) with 256-bit vectors.
LSX brings ``$v0`` ~ ``$v31`` while LASX brings ``$x0`` ~ ``$x31`` as the vector
registers.
The VRs overlap with FPRs: for example, on a core implementing LSX and LASX,
the lower 128 bits of ``$x0`` is shared with ``$v0``, and the lower 64 bits of
``$v0`` is shared with ``$f0``; same with all other VRs.
CSRs
----
CSRs can only be accessed from privileged mode (PLV0):
================= ===================================== ==============
Address Full Name Abbrev Name
================= ===================================== ==============
0x0 Current Mode Information CRMD
0x1 Pre-exception Mode Information PRMD
0x2 Extension Unit Enable EUEN
0x3 Miscellaneous Control MISC
0x4 Exception Configuration ECFG
0x5 Exception Status ESTAT
0x6 Exception Return Address ERA
0x7 Bad (Faulting) Virtual Address BADV
0x8 Bad (Faulting) Instruction Word BADI
0xC Exception Entrypoint Address EENTRY
0x10 TLB Index TLBIDX
0x11 TLB Entry High-order Bits TLBEHI
0x12 TLB Entry Low-order Bits 0 TLBELO0
0x13 TLB Entry Low-order Bits 1 TLBELO1
0x18 Address Space Identifier ASID
0x19 Page Global Directory Address for PGDL
Lower-half Address Space
0x1A Page Global Directory Address for PGDH
Higher-half Address Space
0x1B Page Global Directory Address PGD
0x1C Page Walk Control for Lower- PWCL
half Address Space
0x1D Page Walk Control for Higher- PWCH
half Address Space
0x1E STLB Page Size STLBPS
0x1F Reduced Virtual Address Configuration RVACFG
0x20 CPU Identifier CPUID
0x21 Privileged Resource Configuration 1 PRCFG1
0x22 Privileged Resource Configuration 2 PRCFG2
0x23 Privileged Resource Configuration 3 PRCFG3
0x30+n (0≤n≤15) Saved Data register SAVEn
0x40 Timer Identifier TID
0x41 Timer Configuration TCFG
0x42 Timer Value TVAL
0x43 Compensation of Timer Count CNTC
0x44 Timer Interrupt Clearing TICLR
0x60 LLBit Control LLBCTL
0x80 Implementation-specific Control 1 IMPCTL1
0x81 Implementation-specific Control 2 IMPCTL2
0x88 TLB Refill Exception Entrypoint TLBRENTRY
Address
0x89 TLB Refill Exception BAD (Faulting) TLBRBADV
Virtual Address
0x8A TLB Refill Exception Return Address TLBRERA
0x8B TLB Refill Exception Saved Data TLBRSAVE
Register
0x8C TLB Refill Exception Entry Low-order TLBRELO0
Bits 0
0x8D TLB Refill Exception Entry Low-order TLBRELO1
Bits 1
0x8E TLB Refill Exception Entry High-order TLBEHI
Bits
0x8F TLB Refill Exception Pre-exception TLBRPRMD
Mode Information
0x90 Machine Error Control MERRCTL
0x91 Machine Error Information 1 MERRINFO1
0x92 Machine Error Information 2 MERRINFO2
0x93 Machine Error Exception Entrypoint MERRENTRY
Address
0x94 Machine Error Exception Return MERRERA
Address
0x95 Machine Error Exception Saved Data MERRSAVE
Register
0x98 Cache TAGs CTAG
0x180+n (0≤n≤3) Direct Mapping Configuration Window n DMWn
0x200+2n (0≤n≤31) Performance Monitor Configuration n PMCFGn
0x201+2n (0≤n≤31) Performance Monitor Overall Counter n PMCNTn
0x300 Memory Load/Store WatchPoint MWPC
Overall Control
0x301 Memory Load/Store WatchPoint MWPS
Overall Status
0x310+8n (0≤n≤7) Memory Load/Store WatchPoint n MWPnCFG1
Configuration 1
0x311+8n (0≤n≤7) Memory Load/Store WatchPoint n MWPnCFG2
Configuration 2
0x312+8n (0≤n≤7) Memory Load/Store WatchPoint n MWPnCFG3
Configuration 3
0x313+8n (0≤n≤7) Memory Load/Store WatchPoint n MWPnCFG4
Configuration 4
0x380 Instruction Fetch WatchPoint FWPC
Overall Control
0x381 Instruction Fetch WatchPoint FWPS
Overall Status
0x390+8n (0≤n≤7) Instruction Fetch WatchPoint n FWPnCFG1
Configuration 1
0x391+8n (0≤n≤7) Instruction Fetch WatchPoint n FWPnCFG2
Configuration 2
0x392+8n (0≤n≤7) Instruction Fetch WatchPoint n FWPnCFG3
Configuration 3
0x393+8n (0≤n≤7) Instruction Fetch WatchPoint n FWPnCFG4
Configuration 4
0x500 Debug Register DBG
0x501 Debug Exception Return Address DERA
0x502 Debug Exception Saved Data Register DSAVE
================= ===================================== ==============
ERA, TLBRERA, MERRERA and DERA are sometimes also known as EPC, TLBREPC, MERREPC
and DEPC respectively.
Basic Instruction Set
=====================
Instruction formats
-------------------
LoongArch instructions are 32 bits wide, belonging to 9 basic instruction
formats (and variants of them):
=========== ==========================
Format name Composition
=========== ==========================
2R Opcode + Rj + Rd
3R Opcode + Rk + Rj + Rd
4R Opcode + Ra + Rk + Rj + Rd
2RI8 Opcode + I8 + Rj + Rd
2RI12 Opcode + I12 + Rj + Rd
2RI14 Opcode + I14 + Rj + Rd
2RI16 Opcode + I16 + Rj + Rd
1RI21 Opcode + I21L + Rj + I21H
I26 Opcode + I26L + I26H
=========== ==========================
Rd is the destination register operand, while Rj, Rk and Ra ("a" stands for
"additional") are the source register operands. I8/I12/I14/I16/I21/I26 are
immediate operands of respective width. The longer I21 and I26 are stored
in separate higher and lower parts in the instruction word, denoted by the "L"
and "H" suffixes.
List of Instructions
--------------------
For brevity, only instruction names (mnemonics) are listed here; please see the
:ref:`References <loongarch-references>` for details.
1. Arithmetic Instructions::
ADD.W SUB.W ADDI.W ADD.D SUB.D ADDI.D
SLT SLTU SLTI SLTUI
AND OR NOR XOR ANDN ORN ANDI ORI XORI
MUL.W MULH.W MULH.WU DIV.W DIV.WU MOD.W MOD.WU
MUL.D MULH.D MULH.DU DIV.D DIV.DU MOD.D MOD.DU
PCADDI PCADDU12I PCADDU18I
LU12I.W LU32I.D LU52I.D ADDU16I.D
2. Bit-shift Instructions::
SLL.W SRL.W SRA.W ROTR.W SLLI.W SRLI.W SRAI.W ROTRI.W
SLL.D SRL.D SRA.D ROTR.D SLLI.D SRLI.D SRAI.D ROTRI.D
3. Bit-manipulation Instructions::
EXT.W.B EXT.W.H CLO.W CLO.D SLZ.W CLZ.D CTO.W CTO.D CTZ.W CTZ.D
BYTEPICK.W BYTEPICK.D BSTRINS.W BSTRINS.D BSTRPICK.W BSTRPICK.D
REVB.2H REVB.4H REVB.2W REVB.D REVH.2W REVH.D BITREV.4B BITREV.8B BITREV.W BITREV.D
MASKEQZ MASKNEZ
4. Branch Instructions::
BEQ BNE BLT BGE BLTU BGEU BEQZ BNEZ B BL JIRL
5. Load/Store Instructions::
LD.B LD.BU LD.H LD.HU LD.W LD.WU LD.D ST.B ST.H ST.W ST.D
LDX.B LDX.BU LDX.H LDX.HU LDX.W LDX.WU LDX.D STX.B STX.H STX.W STX.D
LDPTR.W LDPTR.D STPTR.W STPTR.D
PRELD PRELDX
6. Atomic Operation Instructions::
LL.W SC.W LL.D SC.D
AMSWAP.W AMSWAP.D AMADD.W AMADD.D AMAND.W AMAND.D AMOR.W AMOR.D AMXOR.W AMXOR.D
AMMAX.W AMMAX.D AMMIN.W AMMIN.D
7. Barrier Instructions::
IBAR DBAR
8. Special Instructions::
SYSCALL BREAK CPUCFG NOP IDLE ERTN(ERET) DBCL(DBGCALL) RDTIMEL.W RDTIMEH.W RDTIME.D
ASRTLE.D ASRTGT.D
9. Privileged Instructions::
CSRRD CSRWR CSRXCHG
IOCSRRD.B IOCSRRD.H IOCSRRD.W IOCSRRD.D IOCSRWR.B IOCSRWR.H IOCSRWR.W IOCSRWR.D
CACOP TLBP(TLBSRCH) TLBRD TLBWR TLBFILL TLBCLR TLBFLUSH INVTLB LDDIR LDPTE
Virtual Memory
==============
LoongArch supports direct-mapped virtual memory and page-mapped virtual memory.
Direct-mapped virtual memory is configured by CSR.DMWn (n=0~3), it has a simple
relationship between virtual address (VA) and physical address (PA)::
VA = PA + FixedOffset
Page-mapped virtual memory has arbitrary relationship between VA and PA, which
is recorded in TLB and page tables. LoongArch's TLB includes a fully-associative
MTLB (Multiple Page Size TLB) and set-associative STLB (Single Page Size TLB).
By default, the whole virtual address space of LA32 is configured like this:
============ =========================== =============================
Name Address Range Attributes
============ =========================== =============================
``UVRANGE`` ``0x00000000 - 0x7FFFFFFF`` Page-mapped, Cached, PLV0~3
``KPRANGE0`` ``0x80000000 - 0x9FFFFFFF`` Direct-mapped, Uncached, PLV0
``KPRANGE1`` ``0xA0000000 - 0xBFFFFFFF`` Direct-mapped, Cached, PLV0
``KVRANGE`` ``0xC0000000 - 0xFFFFFFFF`` Page-mapped, Cached, PLV0
============ =========================== =============================
User mode (PLV3) can only access UVRANGE. For direct-mapped KPRANGE0 and
KPRANGE1, PA is equal to VA with bit30~31 cleared. For example, the uncached
direct-mapped VA of 0x00001000 is 0x80001000, and the cached direct-mapped
VA of 0x00001000 is 0xA0001000.
By default, the whole virtual address space of LA64 is configured like this:
============ ====================== ======================================
Name Address Range Attributes
============ ====================== ======================================
``XUVRANGE`` ``0x0000000000000000 - Page-mapped, Cached, PLV0~3
0x3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF``
``XSPRANGE`` ``0x4000000000000000 - Direct-mapped, Cached / Uncached, PLV0
0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF``
``XKPRANGE`` ``0x8000000000000000 - Direct-mapped, Cached / Uncached, PLV0
0xBFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF``
``XKVRANGE`` ``0xC000000000000000 - Page-mapped, Cached, PLV0
0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF``
============ ====================== ======================================
User mode (PLV3) can only access XUVRANGE. For direct-mapped XSPRANGE and
XKPRANGE, PA is equal to VA with bits 60~63 cleared, and the cache attribute
is configured by bits 60~61 in VA: 0 is for strongly-ordered uncached, 1 is
for coherent cached, and 2 is for weakly-ordered uncached.
Currently we only use XKPRANGE for direct mapping and XSPRANGE is reserved.
To put this in action: the strongly-ordered uncached direct-mapped VA (in
XKPRANGE) of 0x00000000_00001000 is 0x80000000_00001000, the coherent cached
direct-mapped VA (in XKPRANGE) of 0x00000000_00001000 is 0x90000000_00001000,
and the weakly-ordered uncached direct-mapped VA (in XKPRANGE) of 0x00000000
_00001000 is 0xA0000000_00001000.
Relationship of Loongson and LoongArch
======================================
LoongArch is a RISC ISA which is different from any other existing ones, while
Loongson is a family of processors. Loongson includes 3 series: Loongson-1 is
the 32-bit processor series, Loongson-2 is the low-end 64-bit processor series,
and Loongson-3 is the high-end 64-bit processor series. Old Loongson is based on
MIPS, while New Loongson is based on LoongArch. Take Loongson-3 as an example:
Loongson-3A1000/3B1500/3A2000/3A3000/3A4000 are MIPS-compatible, while Loongson-
3A5000 (and future revisions) are all based on LoongArch.
.. _loongarch-references:
References
==========
Official web site of Loongson Technology Corp. Ltd.:
http://www.loongson.cn/
Developer web site of Loongson and LoongArch (Software and Documentation):
http://www.loongnix.cn/
https://github.com/loongson/
https://loongson.github.io/LoongArch-Documentation/
Documentation of LoongArch ISA:
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-Vol1-v1.10-CN.pdf (in Chinese)
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-Vol1-v1.10-EN.pdf (in English)
Documentation of LoongArch ELF psABI:
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-ELF-ABI-v2.01-CN.pdf (in Chinese)
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/LoongArch-ELF-ABI-v2.01-EN.pdf (in English)
Linux kernel repository of Loongson and LoongArch:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/chenhuacai/linux-loongson.git
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
=======================================
IRQ chip model (hierarchy) of LoongArch
=======================================
Currently, LoongArch based processors (e.g. Loongson-3A5000) can only work together
with LS7A chipsets. The irq chips in LoongArch computers include CPUINTC (CPU Core
Interrupt Controller), LIOINTC (Legacy I/O Interrupt Controller), EIOINTC (Extended
I/O Interrupt Controller), HTVECINTC (Hyper-Transport Vector Interrupt Controller),
PCH-PIC (Main Interrupt Controller in LS7A chipset), PCH-LPC (LPC Interrupt Controller
in LS7A chipset) and PCH-MSI (MSI Interrupt Controller).
CPUINTC is a per-core controller (in CPU), LIOINTC/EIOINTC/HTVECINTC are per-package
controllers (in CPU), while PCH-PIC/PCH-LPC/PCH-MSI are controllers out of CPU (i.e.,
in chipsets). These controllers (in other words, irqchips) are linked in a hierarchy,
and there are two models of hierarchy (legacy model and extended model).
Legacy IRQ model
================
In this model, IPI (Inter-Processor Interrupt) and CPU Local Timer interrupt go
to CPUINTC directly, CPU UARTS interrupts go to LIOINTC, while all other devices
interrupts go to PCH-PIC/PCH-LPC/PCH-MSI and gathered by HTVECINTC, and then go
to LIOINTC, and then CPUINTC::
+-----+ +---------+ +-------+
| IPI | --> | CPUINTC | <-- | Timer |
+-----+ +---------+ +-------+
^
|
+---------+ +-------+
| LIOINTC | <-- | UARTs |
+---------+ +-------+
^
|
+-----------+
| HTVECINTC |
+-----------+
^ ^
| |
+---------+ +---------+
| PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI |
+---------+ +---------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
| PCH-LPC | | Devices | | Devices |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
^
|
+---------+
| Devices |
+---------+
Extended IRQ model
==================
In this model, IPI (Inter-Processor Interrupt) and CPU Local Timer interrupt go
to CPUINTC directly, CPU UARTS interrupts go to LIOINTC, while all other devices
interrupts go to PCH-PIC/PCH-LPC/PCH-MSI and gathered by EIOINTC, and then go to
to CPUINTC directly::
+-----+ +---------+ +-------+
| IPI | --> | CPUINTC | <-- | Timer |
+-----+ +---------+ +-------+
^ ^
| |
+---------+ +---------+ +-------+
| EIOINTC | | LIOINTC | <-- | UARTs |
+---------+ +---------+ +-------+
^ ^
| |
+---------+ +---------+
| PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI |
+---------+ +---------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
| PCH-LPC | | Devices | | Devices |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
^
|
+---------+
| Devices |
+---------+
Virtual Extended IRQ model
==========================
In this model, IPI (Inter-Processor Interrupt) and CPU Local Timer interrupt
go to CPUINTC directly, CPU UARTS interrupts go to PCH-PIC, while all other
devices interrupts go to PCH-PIC/PCH-MSI and gathered by V-EIOINTC (Virtual
Extended I/O Interrupt Controller), and then go to CPUINTC directly::
+-----+ +-------------------+ +-------+
| IPI |--> | CPUINTC(0-255vcpu)| <-- | Timer |
+-----+ +-------------------+ +-------+
^
|
+-----------+
| V-EIOINTC |
+-----------+
^ ^
| |
+---------+ +---------+
| PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI |
+---------+ +---------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
+--------+ +---------+ +---------+
| UARTs | | Devices | | Devices |
+--------+ +---------+ +---------+
Description
-----------
V-EIOINTC (Virtual Extended I/O Interrupt Controller) is an extension of
EIOINTC, it only works in VM mode which runs in KVM hypervisor. Interrupts can
be routed to up to four vCPUs via standard EIOINTC, however with V-EIOINTC
interrupts can be routed to up to 256 virtual cpus.
With standard EIOINTC, interrupt routing setting includes two parts: eight
bits for CPU selection and four bits for CPU IP (Interrupt Pin) selection.
For CPU selection there is four bits for EIOINTC node selection, four bits
for EIOINTC CPU selection. Bitmap method is used for CPU selection and
CPU IP selection, so interrupt can only route to CPU0 - CPU3 and IP0-IP3 in
one EIOINTC node.
With V-EIOINTC it supports to route more CPUs and CPU IP (Interrupt Pin),
there are two newly added registers with V-EIOINTC.
EXTIOI_VIRT_FEATURES
--------------------
This register is read-only register, which indicates supported features with
V-EIOINTC. Feature EXTIOI_HAS_INT_ENCODE and EXTIOI_HAS_CPU_ENCODE is added.
Feature EXTIOI_HAS_INT_ENCODE is part of standard EIOINTC. If it is 1, it
indicates that CPU Interrupt Pin selection can be normal method rather than
bitmap method, so interrupt can be routed to IP0 - IP15.
Feature EXTIOI_HAS_CPU_ENCODE is extension of V-EIOINTC. If it is 1, it
indicates that CPU selection can be normal method rather than bitmap method,
so interrupt can be routed to CPU0 - CPU255.
EXTIOI_VIRT_CONFIG
------------------
This register is read-write register, for compatibility interrupt routed uses
the default method which is the same with standard EIOINTC. If the bit is set
with 1, it indicated HW to use normal method rather than bitmap method.
Advanced Extended IRQ model
===========================
In this model, IPI (Inter-Processor Interrupt) and CPU Local Timer interrupt go
to CPUINTC directly, CPU UARTS interrupts go to LIOINTC, PCH-MSI interrupts go
to AVECINTC, and then go to CPUINTC directly, while all other devices interrupts
go to PCH-PIC/PCH-LPC and gathered by EIOINTC, and then go to CPUINTC directly::
+-----+ +-----------------------+ +-------+
| IPI | --> | CPUINTC | <-- | Timer |
+-----+ +-----------------------+ +-------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
+---------+ +----------+ +---------+ +-------+
| EIOINTC | | AVECINTC | | LIOINTC | <-- | UARTs |
+---------+ +----------+ +---------+ +-------+
^ ^
| |
+---------+ +---------+
| PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI |
+---------+ +---------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
| Devices | | PCH-LPC | | Devices |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
^
|
+---------+
| Devices |
+---------+
Advanced Extended IRQ model (with redirection)
==============================================
In this model, IPI (Inter-Processor Interrupt) and CPU Local Timer interrupt go
to CPUINTC directly, CPU UARTS interrupts go to LIOINTC, PCH-MSI interrupts go
to REDIRECT for remapping it to AVECINTC, and then go to CPUINTC directly, while
all other devices interrupts go to PCH-PIC/PCH-LPC and gathered by EIOINTC, and
then go to CPUINTC directly::
+-----+ +-----------------------+ +-------+
| IPI | --> | CPUINTC | <-- | Timer |
+-----+ +-----------------------+ +-------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
| +----------+ |
+---------+ | AVECINTC | +---------+ +-------+
| EIOINTC | +----------+ | LIOINTC | <-- | UARTs |
+---------+ | REDIRECT | +---------+ +-------+
^ +----------+
| ^
| |
+---------+ +---------+
| PCH-PIC | | PCH-MSI |
+---------+ +---------+
^ ^ ^
| | |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
| Devices | | PCH-LPC | | Devices |
+---------+ +---------+ +---------+
^
|
+---------+
| Devices |
+---------+
ACPI-related definitions
========================
CPUINTC::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_CORE_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_core_pic;
enum acpi_madt_core_pic_version;
LIOINTC::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_LIO_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_lio_pic;
enum acpi_madt_lio_pic_version;
EIOINTC::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_EIO_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_eio_pic;
enum acpi_madt_eio_pic_version;
HTVECINTC::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_HT_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_ht_pic;
enum acpi_madt_ht_pic_version;
PCH-PIC::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_BIO_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_bio_pic;
enum acpi_madt_bio_pic_version;
PCH-MSI::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_MSI_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_msi_pic;
enum acpi_madt_msi_pic_version;
PCH-LPC::
ACPI_MADT_TYPE_LPC_PIC;
struct acpi_madt_lpc_pic;
enum acpi_madt_lpc_pic_version;
References
==========
Documentation of Loongson-3A5000:
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-3A5000-usermanual-1.02-CN.pdf (in Chinese)
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-3A5000-usermanual-1.02-EN.pdf (in English)
Documentation of Loongson's LS7A chipset:
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-7A1000-usermanual-2.00-CN.pdf (in Chinese)
https://github.com/loongson/LoongArch-Documentation/releases/latest/download/Loongson-7A1000-usermanual-2.00-EN.pdf (in English)
.. Note::
- CPUINTC is CSR.ECFG/CSR.ESTAT and its interrupt controller described
in Section 7.4 of "LoongArch Reference Manual, Vol 1";
- LIOINTC is "Legacy I/OInterrupts" described in Section 11.1 of
"Loongson 3A5000 Processor Reference Manual";
- EIOINTC is "Extended I/O Interrupts" described in Section 11.2 of
"Loongson 3A5000 Processor Reference Manual";
- HTVECINTC is "HyperTransport Interrupts" described in Section 14.3 of
"Loongson 3A5000 Processor Reference Manual";
- PCH-PIC/PCH-MSI is "Interrupt Controller" described in Section 5 of
"Loongson 7A1000 Bridge User Manual";
- PCH-LPC is "LPC Interrupts" described in Section 24.3 of
"Loongson 7A1000 Bridge User Manual".

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More